Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Inphi Corporation

Inphi Corporation

iphi · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker iphi
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Inphi Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Suite 300

Santa Clara, CA  95054

Phone (408) 217-7300

Fax (408) 217-7350

Sales@inphi.com

Copyright ©2018 Inphi Corporation. 

All rights reserved. Inphi is a registered 

trademark of Inphi Corporation

The global leader in high-speed
data movement interconnect

2017 Annual Report 
World-leading innovations

Inphi Recognized for Excellence:
9 New Awards for Quality & Technology in 2017-2018

Cisco
Excellence in  
Emerging Technology

2017

2015

Huawei
Best Quality  
Company

2015

2017

Fujitsu
Technical 
Advancement

2017

FiberHome
Core Partner

Innolight
Innovation

2017

2018

2015

Inphi Leads in Data Movement Interconnects

Non-GAAP Annual Revenue ($M)*

$348

$266

%   ( 2 0 1 3 - 2 0 1 7 )

R  6 9

G

A

C

$193

Lightwave
Innovation for  
COLORZ & PAM4

2016-2018

Sumitomo
Best Partner

NeoPhotonics
Supplier 
of the Year

Sumitomo 
Electronics 
Device 
Innovation 

2015

2015

2015

2016

ECN
COLORZ 
& PAM4

2016-2017

$100

$43

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

*Pro-forma, Non-GAAP results adjusted for discontinued operations of the sale of the Memory Business

Investor Information

Stock Exchange Listing:  NYSE

Forward-Looking Statements

Ticker Symbol:  IPHI

Investor Relations 

(408) 217-7308 

investors@inphi.com

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 

Phone: 800-937-5449 

www.amstock.com

This  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  These  forward-looking 

statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our strategy, the anticipated benefits and features of our products, use 

of our products, market acceptance and market share of our products, industry and market trends and investments in technology. These 

statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements 

to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, and reported results should not be considered as 

an indication of future performance. More information regarding such risks and uncertainties is contained in our Form 10-K attached hereto, 

and in other reports filed by us with the SEC from time-to-time. You are cautioned not to unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, 

which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Inphi Corporation undertakes no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking 

statement to reflect circumstances or event after the date of this Annual Report or to report the occurrence of unanticipated events.

April 25, 2018 

Dear Inphi Stockholders: 

2017 was a year of successes and challenges for Inphi.  We entered the year with a strong product suite which drove solid 
financial results. Around mid-year, however, we encountered a sizeable inventory accumulation in China, which has been 
taking several quarters to clear.  As we head into 2018, we remain confident that we have the right products and customer 
focus to continue to thrive as the global leader in high-speed data movement interconnects. 

Strong financial results despite 
challenging market conditions. 
Total non-GAAP revenue for 2017 
approached $350 million, a 31% 
increase over our strong 2016 results. 
Organically, we grew revenue by 18% 
over 2016 revenue, even without the 
incremental revenue from our ClariPhy 
acquisition. Once again our strong 
product portfolio and close relationships 
with key customers made us one of the 
fastest growing companies in the 
semiconductor industry. While our stock 
hit new highs early in the year, we 
closed out 2017 well below our January 
2, 2017 price. Our 2017 non-GAAP 
operating margin was strong at 21.2%. 
Associated earnings per share of $1.52 
were essentially flat with last year’s EPS 
of $1.51. Yet even with the year-end 
challenges of 2017, Inphi delivered five-
year returns from 1/2/13 to 12/31/18 
more than double the returns of the 
NASDAQ index. As always, while we 
focus on growth, we continue to look 
ahead by strategically investing in R&D 
to continue to drive shareholder return at 
the high end of our peer group.  We 
thank you, our stockholders, for your 
continued support as we scale Inphi to 
the next level. 

International market challenges at 
year-end affected our results.   
Early in Q2, 2017, we learned of a 
sizeable inventory accumulation of 
optical components for the long-haul 
and metro markets in China.  From 
2012-2016, the market grew at a 
compounded rate of 60%. As the market 
expanded and matured, growth has 
slowed to an estimated 20%. Inventory 

also accumulated due to geo-political 
concerns.  As a result, we experienced a 
slowdown in customer orders for the 
past 12 months.  An overabundance of 
supply usually comes with a matching 
decrease in prices to clear excess 
inventory from the system. Our financial 
results reflected the impact of reduced 
ordering and pricing, particularly in our 
core TiA segment.  While these market 
characteristics continue into 2018, we 
are optimistic that by the second half of 
this year, we will see a return to 
healthier market dynamics.   

We are strategically positioned for a 
long-term secular growth. 
Although our dependence on customers 
in China and our reliance on revenue 
from long-haul and metro segments in 
that large market hurt us in 2017, the 
speed bumps compelled us to broaden 
our market focus. Even as we continue 
to invest in the long-haul and metro 
segments, we have unveiled new, 
lightning-fast interconnects for between 
and inside data centers. We are well-
positioned and will be ready when the 
turn comes in the long-haul and metro 
markets, and expect to grow our market 
share with cloud and data center 
customers. The demand for high-speed 
data movement, across campuses, cities 
and countries has never been stronger 
and Inphi remains the component 
supplier of choice. We are focused on 
the continually expanding needs of 
national telecom networks, cloud 
providers and enterprise markets. The 
need for speed continues, driven by the 
accelerating implementation of cloud 
computing, big data analytics, artificial 
intelligence, IOT, and ever-expanding 
data volumes and traffic. These trends 

are driving the evolution of bandwidth 
requirements from 10 and 40 to 50, 100, 
200, 400 and 600 Gigabits-per-second 
networks.   

Inphi is well-positioned with the right 
products to ride this wave on four fast 
boards. First, in cloud data centers, the 
transition from NRZ to PAM signaling 
is just getting started, and will drive the 
demand for our PAM DSPs and 
associated linear TiAs and drivers. Next 
is between data centers where our 
COLORZ® platform captured 45% of 
the 100 Gigabits per second DWDM 
pluggable market(1), and is expected to 
grow significantly as the market 
transitions to 400 Gigabits per second. 
In long-haul and metro, Inphi will 
benefit from a third product ramp with 
our 200 Gigabits per second coherent 
DSP, and a fourth ramp from our 45 and 
64 Gigabaud TiAs and drivers for the 
400 and 600 Gigabits per second 
networks. These four engines position 
us to propel our growth and provide 
stability for the road ahead. 

2017 Business Highlights.  
2017 was a good year on many fronts 
with important product introductions 
and design wins in each of our three 
markets: long-haul and metro, between 
and inside data centers. 

Breaking performance barriers inside 
the data center. 
We are proud of the 2017 and early 
2018 accomplishments of our solutions 
for inside the data center. Our steadfast 
goal remains to push the boundaries in 
offering low-power, high-performance 
interconnect solutions for cloud and 
enterprise customers.  

(1) Based on Q4’2017 shipments from LightCounting:  10.5k for COLORZ vs. 12K for ACO and DCO modules

Inphi has the most comprehensive PAM 
product portfolio in the market with our 
50G Polaris™ DSP, 100G Porrima™ 
DSP, 50G Vega™ retimer, and 
associated linear TiAs and drivers for 
VCSEL, DML, EML and Silicon 
Photonics-based optics. These products, 
introduced starting in early 2017, are 
gaining traction and design wins from 
our customers.  We look forward to 
taking design wins to production and 
growing revenue from these platforms 
in the year ahead. 

The COLORZ product family leading 
in inter-data center pluggable DWDM. 
We continue to experience significant 
customer enthusiasm for COLORZ, our 
innovative silicon photonics-based 
solution which ushers a new era of 
pluggable DWDM in routers and 
switches. This architecture introduced 
the industry’s first low power, cost 
effective 100G DWDM solution in 
QSFP28 form factor. It can connect 
multiple data centers within an 80km 
distance, allowing them to act as one 
mega-center. Our initial customer 
continues with its steady deployment of 
the 80km DCI Edge application and has 
rolled out COLORZ in multiple regions 
in its global cloud offering. The market 
potential has expanded even further with 
the  roadmap to 400G ZR adopted as a 
standard by the Optical Interconnect 
Forum (OIF). Our vision is to enable IP 
over DWDM, while maintaining the 
density of switches and routers.  This 
would apply for 100, 200, and 400 
Gigabit per second applications, with 
distances ranging from 80 to thousands 
of kilometers - all in low power, 
industry standard pluggable form 
factors. The first member of our 
COLORZ family, based on direct detect 
PAM technology, allowed us to 

Sincerely, 

productize the solution with cloud and 
OEM customers across a variety of 
routers, switches, and open line systems. 
These learnings will enable us to grow 
into 400 Gigabit per second ZR and 
beyond.  We expect the COLORZ 
platform to be a core offering in a 
variety of markets and applications far 
into the future. 

A strong leadership position in the long 
haul and metro markets. 
Turning to the long-haul and metro 
markets, Inphi is proud to remain the 
market leader in the merchant coherent 
TiA and Driver markets. China is the 
largest market for these components, 
responsible for nearly 70% of demand.  
As the leader in this market, we feel a 
correction more than others. Yet we 
remain focused on maintaining and 
expanding our share during this rough 
patch, and expect to be the biggest 
beneficiary when the tide comes back 
in.  We are hopeful that we will see that 
turn in the second half of 2018.  In the 
meantime, as 2017 came to a close, we 
initiated shipments of the Inphi M200 
high performance, low-power 100 and 
200 Gigabit per second coherent DSP 
for high density applications. We expect 
production shipments of this new DSP 
to ramp in the second half of 2018, and 
we look for a positive impact across our 
financial results.  

As I write this letter, I have just returned 
from the 2018 Optical Fiber Conference 
(OFC), the year’s most important 
optical and communications gathering. 
Once again, we made a series of very 
well-received product announcements 
that should positively drive our business 
over the long-term.  The efforts and 
attention we put into the research and 
development of our broad range of high-

speed, power-optimized, leading-edge 
components continue to earn us 
customer design wins and awards.  
Those wins have produced our strong 
market share in our target markets.  We 
further expect these efforts to drive our 
business long into the future.  

Damn the torpedoes – full speed ahead. 
Inphi has successfully transitioned from 
its roots as a provider of high-speed 
analog components, to a leader in the 
rapidly growing market for high-speed 
data movement interconnects.  The 
trends driving rapid data bandwidth and 
traffic growth continue to propel our 
business forward.  Our targeted products 
for each market enable the high-speed 
transmission that our customers and 
partners increasingly require, whether 
they are in the long haul, metro, metro 
DCI, DCI Edge or inside data center 
market segments.  We remain proud of 
our employee base and expertise, and 
are hard at work to supply our 
customers with award-winning, leading-
edge components and solutions for 
tomorrow’s data center and telecom 
networks. We are intent on driving 
forward with new and cutting edge 
products while we evolve our own 
model towards the goal of building an 
annuity-based infrastructure business.  

Onward and Upward. 
As we proceed through 2018, we intend 
to overcome the temporary setbacks and 
remain confident that our unique 
product portfolio will let us emerge 
from this period even stronger. As 
always, we are fully committed to 
producing superior stockholder return.  
We thank you again for your support 
and confidence.

Ford Tamer 
Inphi President and Chief Executive Officer 

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 

(Mark One) 

☑  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 
Or 

☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
Commission file number 001-34942 

Inphi Corporation 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 

77-0557980 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Suite 300, Santa Clara, California 95054 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 217-7300 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Class 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  ☑     No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  ☐ No  ☑ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  ☑      No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months 
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  ☑      No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained 
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference 
in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ☑ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  smaller  reporting 
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and 
“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 
Non-accelerated filer ☐ 
Large accelerated filer  ☑  Accelerated filer ☐ 

Smaller reporting company ☐  Emerging growth company ☐ 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 

with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).  Yes  ☐      No  ☑ 
As of June 30, 2017, the aggregate market value of the Registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately 

$1.41 billion, based on the closing price of $34.30 per share of common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for that date. 

The  total  number  of  shares  outstanding  of  the  Registrant’s  common  stock,  $0.001  par  value  per  share,  as  of  February  23,  2018  was 

43,142,260. 

Part III  incorporates  by  reference  certain  information  from  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  for  the  2018  Annual  Meeting  of 

Stockholders to be filed no later than 120 days after the conclusion of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

INPHI CORPORATION 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 
Item 1. 
Business .......................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ........................................................................................................................  
Properties .....................................................................................................................................................  
Item 2. 
Legal Proceedings ........................................................................................................................................  
Item 3. 
Mine Safety Disclosures ...............................................................................................................................  
Item 4. 

PART II 
Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ......................................................................................................................................................  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data ..........................................................................................................  
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .......................  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .......................................................................  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ............................................................................................  
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .......................  
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ...............................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.  Other Information .........................................................................................................................................  

PART III 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...........................................................................  
Executive Compensation ..............................................................................................................................  
Item 11. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .....  
Item 12. 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .............................................  
Item 13. 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services .......................................................................................................  
Item 14. 

Page 

3 
11 
31 
31 
31 
32 

33 
35 
37 
53 
55 
93 
93 
93 

94 
94 
94 
94 
94 

PART IV 
Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................  
Form 10-K Summary ...................................................................................................................................  

95 
98 

2 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 
1995.  When  used  in  this  report,  the  terms  “may,”  “might,”  “will,”  “objective,”  “intend,”  “should,”  “could,”  “can,” 
“would,”  “expect,”  “believe,”  “estimate,”  “predict,”  “potential,”  “plan,”  “anticipate,”  “seek,”  “future,”  “strategy,” 
“likely,”  or  the  negative  of  these  terms,  and  similar  expressions  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.  These 
statements include statements regarding our anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we 
operate, including the market for 25G to 600G high-speed analog semiconductor solutions, demand for our current products, 
our  plans  for  future  products  and  anticipated  features  and  benefits  thereof,  expansion  of  our  product  offerings  and 
enhancements of existing products, anticipated benefits of our acquisition of ClariPhy and divestiture of our memory product 
business,  critical  accounting  policies  and  estimates,  our  expectations  regarding  our  expenses  and  revenue,  sources  of 
revenue, our tax benefits, the benefits of our products and services, our technological capabilities and expertise, timing of 
the development of our products, our liquidity position and sufficiency thereof, including our anticipated cash needs and uses 
of  cash,  our  operating  and  capital  expenditures  and  requirements  and  our  needs  for  additional  financing  and  potential 
consequences  thereof,  repatriation  of  cash  balances  from  our  foreign  subsidiaries,  our  contractual  obligations,  our 
anticipated growth and growth strategies, our ability to retain and attract customers, particularly in light of our dependence 
on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue, competition, interest rate sensitivity, adequacy of 
our disclosure controls, our legal proceedings and warranty claims. These forward-looking statements involve known and 
unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  to  be 
materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these or any other forward-
looking  statements.  These  risks  and  uncertainties  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  those  risks  discussed  below,  as  well  as 
factors affecting our results of operations, our ability to manage our growth, our ability to sustain or increase profitability, 
demand for our solutions, the effect of declines in average selling prices for our products, our ability to compete, our ability 
to rapidly develop new technology and introduce new products, our ability to safeguard our intellectual property, our ability 
to  qualify  for  tax  holidays  and  incentives,  trends  in  the  semiconductor  industry  and  fluctuations  in  general  economic 
conditions, and the risks set forth throughout this Report, including the risks set forth under Part I, “ Item 1A, Risk Factors”. 
Readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  these  forward-looking  statements,  which  are  based  on  current 
expectations and reflect management's opinions only as of the date hereof. These forward-looking statements speak only as 
of the date of this Report. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions 
to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any 
changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.  

All references to “Inphi,” “we,” “us” or “our” mean Inphi Corporation.  

Inphi®, iKON™, InphiNityCore™, ColorZ®, ColorZ-Lite™, Polaris™, Vega™, and the Inphi logo are among the 

trademarks, registered trademarks, or service marks owned by Inphi.  

Overview 

Our Company 

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications and 
datacenter markets. Our analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data 
speeds  while  reducing  system  power  consumption.  Our  semiconductor  solutions  are  designed  to  address  bandwidth 
bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of 
next generation communications and datacenter infrastructures. Our solutions provide a vital high-speed interface between 
analog signals and digital information in high-performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise 
networking  equipment  and  datacenters.  We  provide  25G  to  600G  high-speed  analog  semiconductor  solutions  for  the 
communications market. 

On August 4, 2016, we completed the sale of our memory product business to Rambus Inc. for $90 million in cash. 
The divestiture  of  the  memory  product  business was part of  a  strategic plan  to focus on  and  increase  investments  in  the 
communication  business.  As  a  result  of  the  sale,  our  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  for  current  and  prior 
periods have been retrospectively reclassified to present the results of operations of memory product business as discontinued 
operations. In addition, discussions in this Annual Report on Form 10-K focused only on continuing operations.  

3 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
On December 12, 2016, we completed the acquisition of ClariPhy Communications, Inc. (ClariPhy) for $303.7 million 
in  cash.  We  acquired  ClariPhy  to  provide  a  more  complete  coherent  platform  to  our  customers  in  long  haul,  metro  and 
datacenter interconnect applications.  

We leverage our proprietary high-speed analog and mixed signal processing expertise and our deep understanding of 
system architectures to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging communications, enterprise network, computing 
and storage architectures. We develop these solutions as a result of our competitive strengths, including our system-level 
simulation  capabilities,  analog  design  expertise,  strong  relationships  with  industry  leaders,  extensive  broad  process 
technology experience and high-speed package modeling and design expertise. We use our core technology and strength in 
high-speed analog design to enable our customers to deploy next generation communications systems that operate with high 
performance at high-speed. We believe we are at the forefront of developing semiconductor solutions that deliver up to multi-
Terabit speeds throughout the network infrastructure, including core, metro and the datacenter.  

We have ongoing, informal collaborative discussions with industry and technology leaders such as Ciena Corporation 
(Ciena), Cisco Systems, Inc. (Cisco), Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (Huawei), Juniper Networks, Inc. (Juniper), Microsoft 
Corporation  (Microsoft)  and  Nokia  Corporation  (Nokia),  to  design  architectures  and  products  that  solve  bandwidth 
bottlenecks  in  existing  and  next  generation  communications  systems.  Although  we  generally  do  not  have  any  formal 
collaboration  agreements  with  these  entities,  we  often  engage  in  informal  discussions  with  these  entities  with  respect  to 
anticipated technological challenges, next generation customer requirements and industry conventions and standards. We 
help  define  industry  conventions  and  standards  within  the  markets  we  target  by  collaborating  with  technology  leaders, 
original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, systems manufacturers and standards bodies. Our products are designed into 
systems sold by OEMs, including Ciena, Cisco, Huawei, Juniper, Microsoft and Nokia. We believe we are one of a limited 
number of suppliers to these OEMs for the type of products we sell, and in some cases we may be the sole supplier for certain 
applications. We sell both directly to these OEMs and to other intermediary systems or module manufacturers that, in turn, 
sell to these OEMs. 

Our Business  

Our semiconductor solutions leverage our deep understanding of high-speed analog and mixed signal processing and 
our system architecture knowledge to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging network and datacenter architectures. 
We design and develop our products for the communications and computing markets, which typically have two to three year 
design cycles, and product life cycles of five or more years. We believe our leadership position in developing high-speed 
analog semiconductors is a result of the following core strengths: 

• 

• 

• 

System-Level Simulation Capabilities. We design our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions to be critical
components in complex systems. In order to understand and solve system problems, we work closely with systems
vendors  to  develop  proprietary  component,  channel  and  system  simulation  models.  We  use  these  proprietary
simulation and validation tools to accurately predict system performance prior to fabricating the semiconductor 
or  alternatively,  to  identify  and  optimize  critical  semiconductor  parameters  to  satisfy  customer  system
requirements. We use these simulation and validation capabilities to reduce our customers’ time to market and
engineering investments, thus enabling us to establish differentiated design relationships with our customers.  

Analog  Design  Expertise.  We  believe  that  we  are  a  leader  in  developing  broadband  analog  semiconductors
operating  at  high  frequencies  of  up  to  100  GHz.  High-speed  analog  circuit  design  is  extremely  challenging
because, as frequencies increase, semiconductors are increasingly sensitive to temperature, power supply noise,
process  variation  and  interaction  with  neighboring  circuit  elements.  Development  of  components  that  work 
robustly at high frequencies requires an understanding of analog circuit design, including electromagnetic theory
and practical experience in implementation and testing. Our analog design expertise has enabled us to design and
commercially ship several first in the world technologies including the first 100G linear transimpedance amplifier,
or TIA, and the first 400G linear modulator driver that is now being widely deployed in volume globally in long
haul and metro networking infrastructures. We launched the world’s first 50/100/200/400G PAM4 interconnect
ICs for cloud interconnects. The chipset solution included multiple variants of the PAM4 PHY IC based on a
highly adaptable and scalable InphiNityCore™ digital signal processing (DSP) engine and the OmniConnect™ 
transmitter for copper and optics media along with a companion linear TIA for Nx50G PAM4 interfaces. 

Strong  Relationships  with  Industry  Leaders.  We  develop  many  of  our  high-speed  analog  semiconductor 
solutions for applications and systems that are driven by industry leaders in the communications, datacenter and
computing  markets.  Through  our  established  relationships  with  industry  leaders,  we  have  repeatedly
demonstrated the ability to address their technological challenges. As a result, we are designed into several of
their current systems and believe we are well-positioned to develop high-speed analog semiconductor solutions

4 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

for  their  emerging  architectures.  We  have  ongoing,  informal  collaborative  discussions  with  communication,
networking companies, and datacenter companies such as Cisco, Ciena, Huawei, Juniper, Nokia, and Microsoft,
among others to address their next generation 100G and beyond 100G efforts. Specifically, we engage in informal
discussions  with  these  entities  with  respect  to  anticipated  technological  challenges,  next  generation  customer
requirements and industry conventions and standards. As a result of our development efforts with industry leaders,
we help define industry conventions and standards within the markets we target by collaborating with technology
leaders, OEMs  and  systems  manufacturers,  as  well  as  standards bodies such  as  the Institute  of  Electrical  and
Electronic Engineers, or IEEE, and the Optical Internetworking Forum, or OIF, to establish industry standards.  

Broad Process Technology. We employ process technology experts, device technologists and circuit designers
who have extensive experience in many process technologies including CMOS, SiGe and III-V technologies such 
as  gallium  arsenide,  or  GaAs,  or  indium  phosphide,  or  InP.  We  have  developed  specific  internal  models  and
design kits for each process to support a uniform design methodology across all of our semiconductor solutions.
For example, our products using 16 nanometer CMOS technology require development of accurate models for
sub-circuits such as integrated phase lock loop, or PLLs, varactors and inductors. In addition, for III-V materials-
based  processes,  in-house  model  development  is  a  necessity  and  we  believe  also  provides  a  substantial 
competitive advantage because these processes have complex material and device interactions. Combined with
our  fabless  manufacturing  strategy,  our  design  expertise,  proprietary  model  libraries  and  uniform  design
methodology allow us to use the best possible materials and substrates to design and develop our semiconductor
solutions. We believe that our ability to design high-speed analog semiconductors in a wide range of materials
and process technologies allows us to provide superior performance, power, cost and reliability for a specific set
of market requirements.  

High-Speed Package Modeling and Design. We have developed deep expertise in high-speed package modeling 
and  design,  since  introducing  the  first  high-speed  50  GHz  MUX  and  DEMUX  product  in  2001.  At  high 
frequencies, the interaction between an analog device, its package and the external environment can significantly
affect  product  performance.  Accurately  modeling  and  developing  advanced  packaging  allows  semiconductor
solutions to address this challenge. Due to the advanced nature of this work, there is a limited supply of engineers
with experience in high-speed package modeling and design, and therefore, this required expertise can be difficult
to acquire for companies that have not invested in developing such a skill set. We have developed an infrastructure
to simulate electrical, mechanical and thermal properties of devices and packages that we integrate within our
semiconductor design process and implement at our third-party packaging providers. Modeling is an inherently
iterative process, and since our model libraries are used extensively by our circuit designers, the accuracy and
value of these models increases over time. Our current packaging and modeling techniques enable us to deliver
semiconductors that are energy efficient, offer high-speed processing and enable advanced signal integrity, all in
a small footprint.  

We  believe  that  our  system-level  simulation  capabilities,  our  analog  design  and  broad  process  technology  design 
capabilities  as  well  as  our  strengths  in  packaging  enable  us  to  differentiate  ourselves  by  delivering  advanced  high-speed 
analog signal processing solutions. For example, we believe we are the first vendor who has successfully commercialized 
DSP base 100G Ethernet PHYs running PAM4 standard CMOS process. 

We believe the key benefits that our solutions provide to our customers are as follows: 

• 

• 

High Performance. Our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions are designed to meet the specific technical
requirements of our customers in their respective end markets. In many cases, our close design relationships and
deep engineering expertise put us in a position where we are one of a limited group of semiconductor vendors
that can provide the necessary solution. For instance, in the broadband communications market, we believe our
products achieve the highest signal integrity and attain superior signal transmission distance at required error-free 
or low error rates.  

Low Power and Small Footprint. In each of the end markets that we serve, the power budget of the overall system
is a key consideration for systems designers. Power consumption greatly impacts system operation cost, footprint
and cooling requirements, and is increasingly becoming a point of focus for our customers. We believe that our
high-speed analog signal processing solutions enable our customers to implement system architectures that reduce
overall  system  power  consumption.  We  also  believe  that,  at  high  frequencies,  our  high-speed  analog 
semiconductor devices typically consume less power than competitors’ standard designs, which often incorporate
power-consuming digital signal processing to perform data transfer functions, thereby further reducing overall
system  power  consumption.  In  addition,  in  many  of  our  applications,  we  are  able  to  design  and  deliver
semiconductors that have a smaller footprint and therefore reduce the overall system size.  

5 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

Faster Time to Market. Our customers compete in markets that require high-speed, reliable semiconductors that 
can be integrated into their systems as soon as new market opportunities develop. To meet our customers’ time-
to-market requirements, we work closely with them early in their design cycles and are actively involved in their
development processes. Over the past ten years, we have developed methodologies and simulation environments
that accurately predict the behavior of complex integrated circuits within various communications systems. In
addition, we have developed an extensive internal library of proven building block circuits such as amplifiers,
phase frequency detectors and transmitters that are reused to shorten design cycles and reduce risk.  

Products  

Our leading edge, high-speed, mixed signal semiconductor solutions equate to the planes, trains and trucks used by 

physical delivery services to quickly and reliably speed information from place to place. 

Our long haul and metro solutions are our planes, working across distances of 100s to 1000s kilometers. Products 
include our coherent transimpedance amplifiers, drivers and DSPs which set the gold standard for leading edge performance, 
quality, and reliability. Our data center edge interconnect solutions are our trains, delivering a large amount of packages, 
across 80km distances. Our ColorZ® is the industry's first 100G DWDM solution in QSFP28 form factor, utilizing advanced 
silicon photonics  and PAM4 modulation,  to  deliver up  to 4Tb/s of bandwidth  over  a single fiber. Our  inside data  center 
interconnects  are  our  trucks,  working  across  hundreds  of  meters  up  to  kilometers.  Our  PAM  interconnects  along  with 
accompanying TIAs and drivers deliver low power, cost effective solutions for cloud and enterprise customers.  

As of December 31, 2017, we have a wide range of products in our portfolio, including products that have commercially 
shipped, products for which we have shipped engineering samples and products under development, that perform a wide 
range  of  functions  such  as  amplifying,  encoding,  multiplexing,  demultiplexing,  and  retiming  signals  at  speeds  up  to  400 
Gbps. These products are key enablers for servers, routers, switches, storage and other equipment that process, store and 
transport data traffic. We introduced 28 and 10 new products in 2017 and 2016, respectively. We design and develop our 
products for the communications and computing markets, which typically have two to three year design cycles, and product 
life cycles as long as five years or more.  

We introduced ColorZ® in 2016 and began to ship in commercial volume in 2017. Sales of ColorZ® comprised 17% 
of our total revenue in 2017. In 2012, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume a dual, differential input linear 
transimpedance/variable-gain amplifier that we identify as product number IN3250TA-SO2D. Sales of IN3250TA-SO2D 
product  comprised  10%,  25%  and  18%  of  our  total  revenue  in  2017,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  There  were  no  other 
products that generated more than 10% of our total revenue in 2017, 2016 or 2015.  

Customers  

We  sell  our  products  directly  to  OEMs  and  indirectly  to  OEMs  through  module  manufacturers,  original  design 
manufacturers or ODMs and sub-systems providers. We work closely with technology leaders to design architectures and 
products that help solve bandwidth bottlenecks in and between systems. These technology leaders often design our products 

6 

 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
into reference designs, which they provide to their customers and suppliers. In the networking market, we work closely with 
OEMs to deliver high performance communication links. These OEMs design our products into their systems and then require 
their ODM and electronics manufacturing services suppliers to purchase and use that specific product from us. We also work 
directly with optical module manufacturers to design our products into their modules, which they sell to OEMs. 

We work closely with our customers throughout design cycles that often last two to three years and we are able to 
develop long-term relationships with them as our technology becomes embedded in their products. As a result, we believe 
we are well-positioned to not only be designed into their current systems, but also to continually develop next generation 
high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for their future products. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we sold our 
products to more than 100 customers. 

Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 62%, 70%, and 62% of our total revenue in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 
Because many of our customers or their OEM manufacturers are located in Asia, we anticipate that a majority of our future 
revenue will continue to come from sales to that region. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in 
Asia, we believe that a significant number of the systems designed by these customers and incorporating our semiconductor 
products are then sold to end-users outside Asia.  

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our 
revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2017, we believe that sales to Microsoft, Huawei, and Cisco, directly and indirectly, 
through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 17%, 14%, and 11% of our total revenue, respectively, and that our 10 
largest customers collectively accounted for 70% of our total revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2016, we believe that 
sales to Huawei and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 16% and 12% of our 
total revenue, respectively and that our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 73% of our total revenue. In the year 
ended  December  31,  2015,  we  believe  that  sales  to  Huawei  and  Cisco,  directly  and  indirectly,  through  subcontractors, 
accounted for approximately 11% and 17% of our total revenue, respectively and that our 10 largest customers collectively 
accounted for 73% of our total revenue. No other single customer directly or indirectly accounted for more than 10% of our 
total revenue in 2017, 2016 or 2015.  

Sales and Marketing  

Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years, with product life cycles 
in  the  markets  we  serve  ranging  from  five  to  10  years  or  more.  For  many  of  our  products,  early  engagement  with  our 
customers’ technical staff is necessary for success. To ensure an adequate level of early engagement, our application and 
development engineers work closely with our customers to identify and propose solutions to their systems challenges.  

In addition to our direct customers, we work closely with technology leaders such as Ciena, Cisco, Huawei, Infinera 
Corporation, Juniper, Nokia and Microsoft for the datacenter, networking and communications market to anticipate and solve 
next generation challenges facing our customers. As part of the sales and product development process, we often design our 
products in close collaboration with these industry leaders and help define their architecture. We also participate actively in 
setting industry standards with organizations such as IEEE and OIF to have a voice in the definition of future market trends.  

We sell our products worldwide through multiple channels, including our direct sales force and a network of sales 
representatives and distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 82% of our revenue was generated by our direct 
sales  team  and  third-party  sales  representatives.  We  operate  marketing  representative  offices  in  China,  Japan,  Taiwan, 
Germany, and the United States and employ marketing personnel that meet with our customers locally and interact with our 
channel partners locally. We have twenty eight direct sales and marketing professionals including four in Japan, thirteen in 
Asia, eight in North America and three in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, or EMEA. We utilize nine distributors in Asia, 
one sales representative and two distributors in Europe, two distributors in Israel, two distributors in Japan and six sales 
representatives  and  three distributors  in North America.  Our  channel  network  includes  more  than  one  hundred  sales  and 
support professionals to support our products and customers, including eight in Japan, thirty-eight in Asia (other than Japan), 
forty-five in North America and fifteen in EMEA. All of these sales a professionals are sales agents and are employed by our 
distributors  and  sales  representatives.  We  believe  these  distributors  and  sales  representatives  have  the  requisite  technical 
experience in our target markets and are able to leverage existing relationships and understanding of our customers’ products 
to effectively sell our products. Given the breadth of our target markets, customers and products, we provide our direct and 
indirect sales teams with regular training and share product information with our customers and sales team using web-based 
tools.  

7 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Manufacturing  

We operate a fabless business model and use third-party foundries and assembly and test manufacturing contractors to 
manufacture, assemble and test our semiconductor products. We also inspect and test parts in our Irvine and Westlake Village, 
California  facilities.  This  outsourced  manufacturing  approach  allows  us  to  focus  our  resources  on  the  design,  sale  and 
marketing of our products. In addition, we believe outsourcing many of our manufacturing and assembly activities provides 
us  the  flexibility  needed  to  respond  to  new  market  opportunities,  simplifies  our  operations  and  significantly  reduces  our 
capital requirements. 

We subject our third-party manufacturing contractors to qualification requirements in order to meet the high quality 
and reliability standards required of our products. We carefully qualify critical partners and processes before applying the 
technology to our products. Our engineers work closely with our foundries and other contractors to increase yield, lower 
manufacturing costs and improve product quality. 

•  Wafer Fabrication. We currently utilize a wide range of semiconductor processes to develop and manufacture
our products. Each of our foundries tends to specialize in a particular semiconductor wafer process technology.
We choose the semiconductor process and foundry that we believe provides the best combination of performance
attributes for any particular product. For most of our products, we utilize a single foundry for semiconductor
wafer production. Our international headquarters in Singapore purchases all wafer material and owns the material
until the manufacturing process is complete and the product is shipped to a customer either inside or outside
North  America  or  to  physical  inventory  for  the  respective  region.  Our  principal  foundries  are  Taiwan
Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd., or TSMC, in Taiwan, Sumitomo Electric Device Innovations Inc.,
or SEDI, in Japan, WIN Semiconductors Corp. in Taiwan, TowerJazz Semiconductor Ltd. in North America and
GlobalFoundries in North America. 

• 

• 

Package and Assembly. Upon the completion of processing at the foundry, the finished wafers are shipped to our
third-party assemblers for packaging and assembly. Currently, our principal packaging and assembly contractors
are STATS ChipPAC Ltd. in Korea, Kyocera Corporation in North America and Japan, Tong Hsing Electronics
Industries Ltd. in Taiwan, Amkor Technology in Korea, LuxNet Corporation in Taiwan and ASE Technology in
Taiwan and Malaysia. 

Test. At the last stage of integrated circuit production, our third-party test service providers test the packaged and
assembled integrated circuits. Currently, Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, or ASE, in California, STATS
ChipPAC in Korea, ISE Labs in North America, Giga Solution Tech in Taiwan, Amkor Technology in Korea, 
ASEM Technology in Malaysia and Presto Engineering in North America are our test partners. We also perform
testing in our Irvine and Westlake Village, California facilities.  

We are committed to maintaining the highest level of quality in our products. Our objective is that our products meet 
all of our customer requirements, are delivered on-time and function reliably throughout their useful lives. As part of our 
total  quality  assurance  program,  our  quality  management  system  has  been  certified  to  ISO  9001:2008  standards.  Our 
manufacturing partners are also ISO 9001 certified. 

Research and Development  

We focus our research and development efforts on developing products that address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks 
and  minimize  latency  in  computing  environments. We believe  that our  continued  success  depends  on our  ability  to  both 
introduce improved versions of our existing products and to develop new products for the markets that we serve. We devote 
a portion of our resources to expanding our core technology including efforts in system-level simulation, high-speed analog 
design, supporting a broad range of process technologies and high-speed package modeling and design. 

We develop models that are used as an input to a combination of proprietary and commercially available simulation 
tools. We use these tools to predict overall system performance based on the performance of our product. After our product 
is manufactured, we perform system measurements and refine our model set to improve the model’s accuracy and predictive 
ability. As a result, our models and simulation tools have improved over time and we have been able to accurately predict 
overall system performance prior to fabricating a part.  

We have assembled a core team of experienced engineers and systems designers in eight design centers located in the 
United States, Canada, Germany, Singapore, United Kingdom and Argentina. Our technical team typically has, on average, 
more than 20 years of industry experience with more than 45% having advanced degrees (master’s degree and above) and 
more than 15% having Ph.Ds. These engineers and designers are involved in advancing our core technologies, as well as 
8 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
applying  these  core  technologies  to  our  product  development  activities  across  a  number  of  areas  including 
telecommunications  transport  systems,  enterprise  networking  equipment,  datacenters  and  enterprise  servers,  storage 
platforms, test and measurement and military systems. In 2017, 2016 and 2015, our research and development expenses were 
$200.5 million, $108.0 million, and $87.8 million, respectively. 

Competition  

The global semiconductor market in general, and the communications market in particular, are highly competitive. We 
expect  competition  to  increase  and  intensify  as  more  and  larger  semiconductor  companies  enter  our  markets.  Increased 
competition could result in price pressure, reduced profitability and loss of market share, any of which could materially and 
adversely affect our business, revenue and operating results. 

Currently, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products 
to  smaller  companies  specializing  in  narrow  markets.  Our  primary  competitors  include  Acacia  Communications,  Inc., 
Broadcom Ltd., Ciena Corporation, Integrated Device Technology, Inc., M/A-COM Technology Solutions Inc., MaxLinear, 
Inc., Microsemi Corporation, NTT Electronics Corporation, Qorvo, Inc. and Semtech Corp. as well as other smaller analog 
signal processing companies. We expect competition in our target markets to increase in the future as existing competitors 
improve or expand their product offerings.  

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and 
general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate 
intensified as our customers reduced their purchase orders. Many of our competitors are significantly larger, have greater 
financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and other resources, are more established than we are, and 
have significantly better brand recognition and broader product offerings with which to withstand similar adverse economic 
or market conditions in the future. These developments may materially and adversely affect our current and future target 
markets and our ability to compete successfully in those markets. 

We compete or plan to compete in different target markets to various degrees on the basis of a number of principal 

competitive factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

product performance;  

power budget;  

features and functionality;  

customer relationships;  

size;  

ease of system design;  

product roadmap;  

reputation and reliability;  

customer support; and  

price.  

We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors. We maintain our competitive position through 
our ability to successfully design, develop and market complex high-speed analog solutions for the customers that we serve. 

Intellectual Property  

We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, 
and contractual protections, to protect our core technology and intellectual property. As of December 31, 2017, we had 669 
issued and allowed patents and other patent applications pending in the United States. The 630 issued and allowed patents in 
the  United  States  expire  in  the  years  beginning  in  2018  through  2037.  Many  of  our  issued  patents  and  pending  patent 
applications relate to high-speed circuit and package designs. 

9 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We may not receive competitive advantages from any rights granted under our patents, and our patent applications may 
not result in the issuance of any patents. In addition, any future patent may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed 
around by a third party or found to be unenforceable or invalidated. Others may develop technologies that are similar or 
superior to our proprietary technologies, duplicate our proprietary technologies or design around patents owned or licensed 
by us. 

In addition to our own intellectual property, we also use third-party licensors for certain technologies embedded in our 
semiconductor solutions. These are typically non-exclusive contracts provided under paid-up licenses. These licenses are 
generally perpetual or automatically renewed for so long as we continue to pay any maintenance fees that may be due. To 
date, maintenance fees have not constituted a significant portion of our annual capital expenditures. We have entered into a 
number of licensing arrangements pursuant to which we license third-party technologies. We do not believe our business is 
dependent to any significant degree on any individual third-party license. 

We generally control access to and use of our confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, 
including  contractual  protections  with  employees,  contractors  and  customers.  We  rely  in  part  on  United  States  and 
international copyright laws to protect our mask work. All employees and consultants are required to execute confidentiality 
agreements  in  connection  with  their  employment  and  consulting  relationships  with  us.  We  also  require  them  to  agree  to 
disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived or made in connection with the employment or consulting relationship.  

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use 
our software, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary intellectual property. In addition, we intend to 
expand  our  international  operations,  and  effective  patent,  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  protection  may  not  be 
available or may be limited in foreign countries. 

The  semiconductor  industry  is  characterized  by  vigorous  protection  and  pursuit  of  intellectual  property  rights  and 
positions, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We have in the past received and, 
particularly  as  a  public  company,  we  expect  that  in  the  future  we  may  receive,  communications  from  various  industry 
participants alleging our infringement of their patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights. Any lawsuits could 
subject  us  to  significant  liability  for  damages,  invalidate  our  proprietary  rights  and  harm  our  business  and  our  ability  to 
compete. Any litigation, regardless of success or merit, could cause us to incur substantial expenses, reduce our sales and 
divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. In the event we receive an adverse result in any litigation, we 
could be required to pay substantial damages, seek licenses from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable 
terms or at all, cease sale of products, expend significant resources to develop alternative technology or discontinue the use 
of processes requiring the relevant technology. 

Cybersecurity 

We have designed and implemented and continue to maintain a security program consisting of policies, procedures, 
and technology meant to maintain the privacy, security and integrity of our information, systems, and networks. Among other 
things, the program includes controls designed to limit and monitor access to authorized systems, networks, and data, prevent 
inappropriate access or modification, and monitor for threats or vulnerability. 

Employees  

At  December  31,  2017,  we  employed  616  full-time  equivalent  employees,  including  402  in  research,  product 
development  and  engineering,  64  in  sales  and  marketing,  56  in  general  and  administrative  management  and  94  in 
manufacturing engineering and operations. We consider relations with our employees to be good and have never experienced 
a  work  stoppage.  None  of  our  employees  are  either  represented  by  a  labor  union  or  subject  to  a  collective  bargaining 
agreement, except for certain employees in Argentina.  

Other 

We were incorporated in Delaware in November 2000 as TCom Communications, Inc. and changed our name to Inphi 
Corporation in February 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Suite 300, Santa Clara, 
California  95054.  Our  telephone  number  at  that  location  is  (408) 217-7300.  Our  website  address  is  www.inphi.com. 
Information  on  our  website  is  not  part  of  this  report  and  should  not  be  relied  upon  in  determining  whether  to  make  an 
investment decision. The inclusion of our website address in this report does not include or incorporate by reference into this 
report any information on our website.  

10 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
We electronically file our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 
8-K pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, with the 
SEC. The public may read or copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, 
NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling 
the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and 
other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.   You 
may obtain a free copy of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-
K and amendments to those reports with the SEC on our website.  

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

Risks Related to Our Business 

Our revenue and operating results can fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our share price to fluctuate. 

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate from period to period in the future due 
to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors relating to our business that may contribute to these 
fluctuations include the following factors, as well as other factors described elsewhere herein: 

● 

the receipt, reduction or cancellation of orders by customers; 

● 

fluctuations in the levels of component inventories held by our customers; 

● 

the gain or loss of significant customers; 

● 

changes in orders or purchasing patterns from one or more of our major customers; 

●  market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products; 

●  our ability to develop, introduce and market new products and technologies on a timely basis; 

● 

the timing and extent of product development costs; 

●  new product announcements and introductions by us or our competitors; 

● 

incurrence of research and development and related new product expenditures; 

● 

cyclical fluctuations in our markets; 

● 

fluctuations in our manufacturing yields; 

● 

significant warranty claims, including those not covered by our suppliers; 

● 

changes in our product mix or customer mix; 

● 

intellectual property disputes; and 

● 

loss of key personnel or the inability to attract qualified engineers. 

As a result of these and other factors, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as 
indications of our future revenue or operating performance. Fluctuations in our revenue and operating results could cause our 
share price to decline. 

We incurred net losses in the past. We may incur net losses in the future. 

As of December 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $74.1 million. We have incurred net losses in the past and 
may incur net losses in the future. We generated a net income (loss) from continuing operations of ($74.9) million, $26.5 
million, and ($16.0) million for years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. 

11 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue, and the loss of, or a significant 
reduction in orders from, one or more of our major customers could negatively impact our revenue and operating results. 
In addition, if we offer more favorable prices to attract or retain customers, our average selling prices and gross margins 
would decline. 

In the year ended December 31, 2017, we believe that sales to Microsoft, Huawei, and Cisco, directly and indirectly, 
through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 17%, 14%, and 11% of our total revenue, respectively, and that our 10 
largest customers collectively accounted for 70% of our total revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2016, we believe that 
sales to Huawei and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 16% and 12% of our 
total revenue, respectively and that our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 73% of our total revenue. In the year 
ended  December  31,  2015,  we  believe  that  sales  to  Huawei  and  Cisco,  directly  and  indirectly,  through  subcontractors, 
accounted for approximately 11% and 17% of our total revenue, respectively and that our 10 largest customers collectively 
accounted for 73% of our total revenue. We believe our operating results for the foreseeable future will continue to depend 
on sales to a relatively small number of customers. In the future, these customers may decide not to purchase our products at 
all, may purchase fewer products than they did in the past or may alter their purchasing patterns. Further, the amount of 
revenue attributable to any single customer or our customer concentration generally, may fluctuate in any given period. 

In  addition,  our  relationships  with  some  customers  may  deter  other  potential  customers  who  compete  with  these 
customers from buying our products. To attract new customers or retain existing customers, we may offer these customers 
favorable prices on our products. In that event, our average selling prices and gross margins would decline. The loss of a key 
customer,  a reduction  in  sales  to  any key  customer  or our  inability  to  attract  new  significant  customers  could negatively 
impact our revenue and materially and adversely affect our results of operations. 

We do not have long-term purchase commitments from our customers and if our customers cancel or change their 

purchase commitments, our revenue and operating results could suffer. 

Substantially  all  of  our  sales  to  date  have  been  made  on  a  purchase  order  basis.  We  do  not  have  any  long-term 
commitments  with  any  of  our  customers.  As  a  result,  our  customers  may  cancel,  change  or  delay  product  purchase 
commitments with little or no notice to us and without penalty. This in turn could cause our revenue to decline and materially 
and adversely affect our results of operations. 

We may face claims of intellectual property infringement, which could be time-consuming, costly to defend or settle 

and result in the loss of significant rights and which could harm our relationships with our customers and distributors. 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by companies that hold patents and other intellectual property rights and 
that vigorously pursue, protect and enforce intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties may assert against us 
and our customers and distributors their patent and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our 
business. 

Claims that our products, processes or technology infringe third-party intellectual property rights, regardless of their 
merit or resolution, could be costly to defend or settle and could divert the efforts and attention of our management  and 
technical personnel. For example, Netlist, Inc. filed suit against us in the United States District Court, Central District of 
California,  in  September  2009,  alleging  that  our  iMB™  and  certain  other  memory  module  components  infringe  three  of 
Netlist’s patents. This litigation is ongoing.  

Infringement  claims  also  could  harm  our  relationships  with  our  customers  or  distributors  and  might  deter  future 
customers from doing business with us. We do not know whether we will prevail in these proceedings given the complex 
technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any pending or future proceedings result in an 
adverse outcome, we could be required to: 

● 

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products, processes or technology; 

●  pay substantial damages for infringement; 

● 

● 

expend  significant  resources  to  develop  non-infringing  products,  processes  or  technology,  which  may  not  be
successful; 

license technology from the third-party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially
reasonable terms, or at all; 

12 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
● 

cross-license our technology to a competitor to resolve an infringement claim, which could weaken our ability to 
compete with that competitor; or 

●  pay substantial damages to our customers or end-users to discontinue their use of or to replace infringing technology

sold to them with non-infringing technology, if available. 

Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 

operations. 

Winning business is subject to lengthy competitive selection processes that require us to incur significant expenditures 
prior to generating any revenue or without any guarantee of any revenue related to this business. Even if we begin a 
product design, a customer may decide to cancel or change its product plans, which could cause us to generate no revenue 
from a product. If we fail to generate revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop our products, our business 
and operating results would suffer. 

We are focused on winning more competitive bid processes, known as “design wins,” that enable us to sell our high-
speed analog semiconductor solutions for use in our customers’ products. These selection processes typically are lengthy and 
can require us to incur significant design and development expenditures and dedicate scarce engineering resources in pursuit 
of a single customer opportunity. We may not win the competitive selection process and may never generate any revenue 
despite  incurring  significant design  and  development  expenditures.  Failure  to  obtain  a  design win  could  prevent  us  from 
offering an entire generation of a product. This could cause us to lose revenue and require us to write-off obsolete inventory, 
and could weaken our position in future competitive selection processes. Even after securing a design win, we may experience 
delays in generating revenue from our products as a result of the lengthy development cycle typically required. Our customers 
generally take a considerable amount of time to evaluate our products. Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume 
shipment is typically two to three years. 

The delays inherent in these lengthy sales cycles increase the risk that a customer will decide to cancel, curtail, reduce 
or delay its product plans or adopt a competing design from one of our competitors, causing us to lose anticipated revenue. 
In addition, any delay or cancellation of a customer’s plans could materially and adversely affect our financial results, as we 
may have incurred significant expense without generating any revenue. Finally, our customers’ failure to successfully market 
and  sell  their products  could  reduce demand  for  our  products  and  materially  and  adversely  affect our  business, financial 
condition and results of operations. If we were unable to generate revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop any 
of our products, our business would suffer. 

Our customers require our products and our third-party contractors to undergo a lengthy and expensive qualification 
process which does not assure product sales. If we are unsuccessful or delayed in qualifying any of our products with a 
customer, our business and operating results would suffer. 

Prior to purchasing our products, our customers require that both our products and our third-party contractors undergo 
extensive qualification  processes, which  involve  testing  of  our products  in  the  customers’  systems,  as well  as  testing  for 
reliability. This qualification process may continue for several months. However, qualification of a product by a customer 
does not  assure  any  sales of the product  to that  customer. Even  after  successful qualification  and  sales of  a product to  a 
customer, a subsequent revision in our third party contractors’ manufacturing process or our selection of a new supplier may 
require a new qualification process with our customers, which may result in delays and in our holding excess or obsolete 
inventory.  After  our  products  are  qualified,  it  can  take  several  months  or  more  before  the  customer  commences  volume 
production  of  components  or  systems  that  incorporate  our  products.  Despite  these  uncertainties,  we  devote  substantial 
resources, including design, engineering, sales, marketing and management efforts, to qualifying our products with customers 
in anticipation of sales. If we are unsuccessful or delayed in qualifying any of our products with a customer, sales of those 
products to the customer may be precluded or delayed, which may impede our growth and cause our business to suffer. 

The complexity of our products could result in undetected defects and we may be subject to warranty claims and 
product liability, which could result in a decrease in customers and revenue, unexpected expenses and loss of market 
share. In addition, our product liability insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from product defects or 
otherwise. 

Our products are sold as components or as modules for use in larger electronic equipment sold by our customers. A 
product usually goes through an intense qualification and testing period performed by our customers before being used in 
production.  We  primarily  outsource  our  product  testing  to  third  parties  and  also  perform  some  testing  in  our  Irvine  and 
Westlake Village, California facilities. We inspect and test parts, or have them inspected and tested in order to screen out 
parts that may be weak or potentially suffer a defect incurred through the manufacturing process. From time to time, we are 

13 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
subject to warranty or product liability claims that may require us to make significant expenditures to defend these claims or 
pay damage awards.  

Generally, our agreements seek to limit our liability to the replacement of the part or to the revenue received for the 
product, but these limitations on liability may not be effective or sufficient in scope in all cases. If a customer’s equipment 
fails in use, the customer may incur significant monetary damages including an equipment recall or associated replacement 
expenses, as well as lost revenue. The customer may claim that a defect in our product caused the equipment failure and 
assert a claim against us to recover monetary damages. The process of identifying a defective or potentially defective product 
in systems that have been widely distributed may be lengthy and require significant resources. We may test the affected 
product  to  determine  the  root  cause  of  the  problem  and  to  determine  appropriate  solutions.  We  may  find  an  appropriate 
solution or a temporary fix while a permanent solution is being determined. If we are unable to determine the root cause, find 
an appropriate solution or offer a temporary fix, we may delay shipment to customers. As a result, we may incur significant 
replacement costs and contract damage claims from our customers as well as harm to our reputation. In certain situations, 
circumstances might warrant that we consider incurring the costs or expense related to a recall of one of our products in order 
to avoid the potential claims that may be raised should the customer reasonably rely upon our product only to suffer a failure 
due to a design or manufacturing process defect. Defects in our products could harm our relationships with our customers 
and damage our reputation. Customers may be reluctant to buy our products, which could harm our ability to retain existing 
customers and attract new customers and our financial results. In addition, the cost of defending these claims and satisfying 
any  arbitration  award  or  judicial  judgment  with  respect  to  these  claims  could  harm  our  business  prospects  and  financial 
condition. Although we carry product liability insurance, this insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from 
defects in our products or otherwise. 

We rely on our relationships with industry and technology leaders to enhance our product offerings and our inability 

to continue to develop or maintain such relationships in the future would harm our ability to remain competitive. 

We develop many of our semiconductor products for applications in systems that are driven by industry and technology 
leaders  in  the  communications  market.  We  also  work  with  OEMs,  system  manufacturers  and  standards  bodies  to  define 
industry conventions and standards within our target markets. We believe these relationships enhance our ability to achieve 
market  acceptance  and  widespread  adoption  of  our  products.  If  we  are  unable  to  continue  to  develop  or  maintain  these 
relationships, our semiconductor solutions would become less desirable to our customers, our sales would suffer and our 
competitive position could be harmed. 

If we fail to accurately anticipate and respond to market trends or fail to develop and introduce new or enhanced 
products to address these trends on a timely basis, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired and our 
competitive position could be harmed. 

We operate in industries characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry standards as well as technological 
obsolescence. We have developed products that may have long product life cycles of 10 years or more. We believe that our 
future success depends on our ability to develop and introduce new technologies and products that generate new sources of 
revenue to replace, or build upon, existing product revenue streams that may be dependent upon limited product life cycles. 
If we are not able to repeatedly introduce, in successive years, new products that ship in volume, our revenue will likely not 
grow  and  may  decline  significantly  and  rapidly.  For  example,  we  introduced  ColorZ®  in  2016  and  began  to  ship  in 
commercial volume in 2017. Sales of ColorZ® comprised 17% of our total revenue in 2017. In 2012, we introduced and 
began to ship in commercial volume a dual, differential input linear transimpedance/variable-gain amplifier that we identify 
as product number IN3250TA-SO2D. Sales of IN3250TA-SO2D product comprised 10%, 25% and 18% of our total revenue 
in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were no other products that generated more than 10% of our total revenue in 
2017, 2016 or 2015.  

The IN3250TA-SO2D product matured in 2017 and as a result, sales of these products declined and were supplanted in 
part by newer parts which we developed. This underscores the importance of the need for us to continually develop and 
introduce new products to diversify our revenue base as well as generate new revenue to replace and build upon the success 
of previously introduced products which may be rapidly maturing. 

To compete successfully, we must design, develop, market and sell new or enhanced products that provide increasingly 
higher levels of performance and reliability while meeting the cost expectations of our customers. The introduction of new 
products  by  our  competitors,  the  delay  or  cancellation  of  a  platform  for  which  any  of  our  semiconductor  solutions  are 
designed,  the market  acceptance of products based on new or  alternative  technologies  or  the  emergence of new  industry 
standards  could  render  our  existing  or  future  products  uncompetitive  from  a  pricing  standpoint,  obsolete  and  otherwise 
unmarketable.  Our  failure  to  anticipate  or  timely  develop  new  or  enhanced  products  or  technologies  in  response  to 
technological  shifts  could  result  in  decreased  revenue  and  our  competitors  winning  design  wins.  In  particular,  we  may 

14 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
experience  difficulties  with  product  design,  manufacturing,  marketing  or  certification  that  could  delay  or  prevent  our 
development, introduction or marketing of new or enhanced products. Although we believe our products are fully compliant 
with applicable industry standards, proprietary enhancements may not in the future result in full conformance with existing 
industry standards under all circumstances. Due to the interdependence of various components in the systems within which 
our products and the products of our competitors operate, customers are unlikely to change to another design, once adopted, 
until the next generation of a technology. As a result, if we fail to introduce new or enhanced products that meet the needs of 
our customers or penetrate new markets in a timely fashion, and our designs do not gain acceptance, we will lose market 
share and our competitive position, very likely on an extended basis, and operating results will be adversely affected. 

If sufficient market demand for 100G/200G/400G solutions does not develop or develops more slowly than expected, 
or if we fail to accurately predict market requirements or market demand for 100G/200G/400G solutions, our business, 
competitive position and operating results would suffer. 

We are currently investing significant resources to develop semiconductor solutions supporting 100G/200G/400G data 
transmission rates in order to increase the number of such solutions in our product line. If we fail to accurately predict market 
requirements or market demand for 100G/200G/400G semiconductor solutions, or if our 100G/200G/400G semiconductor 
solutions are not successfully developed or competitive in the industry, our business will suffer. If 100G/200G/400G networks 
are  deployed  to  a  lesser  extent  or  more  slowly  than  we  currently  anticipate,  we  may  not  realize  any  benefits  from  our 
investment. As a result, our business, competitive position, market share and operating results would suffer. 

Our target markets may not grow or develop as we currently expect and are subject to market risks, any of which 

could materially harm our business, revenue and operating results. 

To date, a substantial portion of our revenue has been attributable to demand for our products in the communications 
and datacenter markets and the growth of these overall markets. These markets have fluctuated in size and growth in recent 
times. Our operating results are impacted by various trends in these markets. These trends include the deployment and broader 
market  adoption  of  next  generation  technologies,  such  as  100G  and  100Gbe  CMOS  CDR  and  Serdes,  in  datacenters, 
communications and enterprise networks, timing of next generation network upgrades, the introduction and broader market 
adoption of next generation server platforms and the timing of enterprise upgrades. We are unable to predict the timing or 
direction of the development of these markets with any accuracy. In addition, because some of our products are not limited 
in the systems or geographic areas in which they may be deployed, we cannot always determine with accuracy how, where 
or into which applications our products are being deployed. If our target markets do not grow or develop in ways that we 
currently  expect,  demand  for  our  semiconductor  products  may  decrease  and  our  business,  revenue,  and  operating  results 
could suffer. 

We recently received reports of a new 5-year plan update being issued by China's Ministry of Industry and Information 
Technology. The plan reportedly details objectives to further develop technology and an optical supply chain domestically. 
We are currently studying the potential impact, however efforts in this direction over time could become a competitive threat 
to us. 

We  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  third  parties  to  manufacture,  assemble  and  test  our  products,  and  the  failure  to 
manage our relationships with our third-party contractors successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and 
sell our products and our reputation. Our revenue and operating results would suffer if these third parties fail to deliver 
products or components in a timely manner and at reasonable cost or if manufacturing capacity is reduced or eliminated 
as we may be unable to obtain alternative manufacturing capacity. 

We operate an outsourced manufacturing business model. As a result, we rely on third-party foundry wafer fabrication 
and assembly and test capacity. We also perform testing in our Irvine and Westlake Village, California facilities. We generally 
use a single foundry for the production of each of our various semiconductors. Currently, our principal foundries are SEDI, 
GlobalFoundries,  TSMC,  TowerJazz  Semiconductor  Ltd.,  and  WIN  Semiconductors.  We  also  use  third-party  contract 
manufacturers for a significant majority of our assembly and test operations, including Kyocera, ASE, Presto, AIC, Tong 
Hsing, LuxNet and STATS ChipPAC. 

15 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Relying on third-party manufacturing, assembly and testing presents significant risks to us, including the following: 

● 

failure by us, our customers or their end customers to qualify a selected supplier; 

● 

capacity shortages during periods of high demand; 

● 

reduced control over delivery schedules and quality; 

● 

shortages of materials; 

●  misappropriation of our intellectual property; 

● 

limited warranties on wafers or products supplied to us; and 

●  potential increases in prices. 

The ability and willingness of our third-party contractors to perform is largely outside our control. If one or more of our 
contract manufacturers or other outsourcers fails to perform its obligations in a timely manner or at satisfactory quality levels, 
our ability to bring products to market and our reputation could suffer. For example, if that manufacturing capacity is reduced 
or eliminated at one or more facilities, including as a response to the recent worldwide decline in the semiconductor industry, 
or any of those facilities are unable to keep pace with the growth of our business, we could have difficulties fulfilling our 
customer  orders  and  our  revenue  could  decline.  In  addition,  if  these  third  parties  fail  to  deliver  quality  products  and 
components on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties fulfilling our customer orders, our revenue could 
decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. 

Additionally,  as  many  of  our  fabrication  and  assembly  and  test  contractors  are  located  in  the  Pacific  Rim  region, 
principally in Taiwan, our manufacturing capacity may be similarly reduced or eliminated due to natural disasters, including 
earthquakes, political unrest, war, labor strikes, work stoppages or public health crises. This could cause significant delays 
in shipments of our products until we are able to shift our manufacturing, assembly or test from the affected contractor to 
another third-party vendor. There can be no assurance that alternative manufacturing capacity could be obtained on favorable 
terms, if at all. 

Our  costs  may  increase  substantially  if  the  wafer  foundries  that  supply  our  products  do  not  achieve  satisfactory 

product yields or quality. 

The  wafer  fabrication  process  is  an  extremely  complicated  process  where  the  slightest  changes  in  the  design, 
specifications or materials can result in material decreases in manufacturing yields or even the suspension of production. 
From time to time, our third-party wafer foundries have experienced, and are likely to experience, manufacturing defects and 
reduced manufacturing yields related to errors or problems in their manufacturing processes or the interrelationship of their 
processes with our designs. In some cases, our third-party wafer foundries may not be able to detect these defects early in the 
fabrication  process  or  determine  the  cause  of  such  defects  in  a  timely  manner.  We  may  incur  substantial  research  and 
development expense for prototype or development stage products as we qualify the products for production. 

Generally, in pricing our semiconductors, we assume that manufacturing yields will continue to increase, even as the 
complexity  of  our  semiconductors  increases.  Once  our  semiconductors  are  initially  qualified  with  our  third-party  wafer 
foundries, minimum acceptable yields are established. We are responsible for the costs of the wafers if the actual yield is 
above  the  minimum.  If  actual  yields  are  below  the  minimum  we  are  not  required  to  purchase  the  wafers.  The  minimum 
acceptable yields for our new products are generally lower at first and increase as we achieve full production. Unacceptably 
low product yields or other product manufacturing problems could substantially increase the overall production time and 
costs and adversely impact our operating results on sales of our products. Product yield losses will increase our costs and 
reduce our gross margin. In addition to significantly harming our operating results and cash flow, poor yields may delay 
shipment of our products and harm our relationships with existing and potential customers. 

We do not have any long-term supply contracts with our contract manufacturers or suppliers, and any disruption in 
our supply of products or materials could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue and operating results. 

We  currently  do  not  have  long-term  supply  contracts  with  any  of  our  third-party  contract  manufacturers.  We  make 
substantially all of our purchases on a purchase order basis, and our contract manufacturers are not required to supply us 
products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. We expect that it would take approximately nine to 12 months to 
transition  from  our  current  foundry  or  assembly  services  to  new  providers.  Such  a  transition  would  likely  require  a 

16 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
qualification  process  by  our customers  or their  end  customers. We generally  place  orders for  products  with  some  of our 
suppliers several months prior to the anticipated delivery date, with order volumes based on our forecasts of demand from 
our customers. Accordingly, if we inaccurately forecast demand for our products, we may be unable to obtain adequate and 
cost-effective foundry or assembly capacity from our third-party contractors to meet our customers’ delivery requirements, 
or we may accumulate excess inventories. On occasion, we have been unable to adequately respond to unexpected increases 
in customer purchase orders and therefore, were unable to benefit from this incremental demand. None of our third-party 
contract  manufacturers  have  provided  any  assurance  to  us  that  adequate  capacity  will  be  available  to  us  within  the  time 
required to meet additional demand for our products. 

Our foundry vendors and assembly and test vendors may allocate capacity to the production of other companies’ products 
while reducing deliveries to us on short notice. In particular, other customers that are larger and better financed than us or 
that have long-term agreements with our foundry vendor or assembly and test vendors may cause our foundry vendor or 
assembly and test vendors to reallocate capacity to those customers, decreasing the capacity available to us. We do not have 
long-term supply contracts with our third-party contract manufacturers and if we enter into costly arrangements with suppliers 
that  include  nonrefundable  deposits  or  loans  in  exchange  for  capacity  commitments,  commitments  to  purchase  specified 
quantities over extended periods or investment in a foundry, our operating results could be harmed. We may not be able to 
make any such arrangement in a timely fashion or at all, and any arrangements may be costly, reduce our financial flexibility, 
and not be on terms favorable to us. Moreover, if we are able to secure foundry capacity, we may be obligated to use all of 
that capacity or incur penalties. These penalties may be expensive and could harm our financial results. To date, we have not 
entered into such arrangements with our suppliers. If we need another foundry or assembly and test subcontractor because of 
increased demand, or if we are unable to obtain timely and adequate deliveries from our providers, we might not be able to 
cost effectively and quickly retain other vendors to satisfy our requirements. 

Many of our customers depend on us as the sole source for a number of our products. If we are unable to deliver 
these products as the sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers, our relationships with these customers and 
our business would suffer. 

A number of our customers do not have alternative sources for our semiconductor solutions and depend on us as the sole 
supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers for these products. Since we outsource our manufacturing to third-party 
contractors, our ability to deliver our products is substantially dependent on the ability and willingness of our third-party 
contractors to perform, which is largely outside our control. A failure to deliver our products in sufficient quantities or at all 
to our customers that depend on us as a sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers may be detrimental to their 
business and, as a result, our relationship with the customer would be negatively impacted. If we are unable to maintain our 
relationships with these customers after such failure, our business and financial results may be harmed. 

If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, particularly our design and technical personnel, we 

may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively. 

Our future success depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including our management, sales and 
marketing, and finance, and particularly our design and technical personnel. We do not know whether we will be able to 
retain all of these personnel as we continue to pursue our business strategy. Historically, we have encountered difficulties in 
hiring qualified engineers because there is a limited pool of engineers with the expertise required in our field. Competition 
for these personnel is intense in the semiconductor industry. As the source of our technological and product innovations, our 
design and technical personnel represent a significant asset. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees, 
especially  our  key  design  and  technical  personnel,  or  our  inability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  design  and  technical 
personnel, could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, and we may need to incur significant expenditures to address 
the additional operational and control requirements of our growth, either of which could harm our business and operating 
results. 

To  effectively  manage  our  growth,  we  must  continue  to  expand  our  operational,  engineering  and  financial  systems, 
procedures and controls and to improve our accounting and other internal management systems. This may require substantial 
managerial and financial resources, and our efforts in this regard may not be successful. Our current systems, procedures and 
controls may not be adequate to support our future operations. If we fail to adequately manage our growth, or to improve our 
operational, financial and management information systems, or fail to effectively motivate or manage our new and future 
employees, the quality of our products and the management of our operations could suffer, which could adversely affect our 
operating results. 

17 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
We face intense competition and expect competition to increase in the future. If we fail to compete effectively, it could 

have an adverse effect on our revenue, revenue growth rate, if any, and market share. 

The global semiconductor market in general, and the communications and computing markets in particular, are highly 
competitive.  We  compete  or  plan  to  compete  in  different  target  markets  to  various  degrees  on  the  basis  of  a  number  of 
principal  competitive  factors,  including  product  performance,  power  budget,  features  and  functionality,  customer 
relationships, size, ease of system design, product roadmap, reputation and reliability, customer support and price. We expect 
competition to increase and intensify as more and larger semiconductor companies enter our markets. Increased competition 
could result in price pressure, reduced profitability and loss of market share, any of which could materially and adversely 
affect our business, revenue and operating results. 

Currently, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products 
to  smaller  companies  specializing  in  narrow  markets.  Our  primary  competitors  include  Acacia  Communications,  Inc., 
Broadcom Ltd., Ciena Corporation, Integrated Device Technology, Inc., M/A-COM Technology Solutions Inc., MaxLinear, 
Inc., Microsemi Corporation, NTT Electronics Corporation, Qorvo, Inc. and Semtech Corp.as well as other analog signal 
processing companies. We expect competition in the markets in which we participate to increase in the future as existing 
competitors improve or expand their product offerings. 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and 
general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate 
intensified as our customers reduced their purchase orders. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial and 
other resources with which to withstand similar adverse economic or market conditions in the future. These developments 
may materially and adversely affect our current and future target markets and our ability to compete successfully in those 
markets. 

We use a significant amount of intellectual property in our business. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual 
property can be difficult and costly and if we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be adversely 
affected. 

Our  success  depends  in  part  upon  our  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property.  To  accomplish  this,  we  rely  on  a 
combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets in the United States 
and  in  selected  foreign  countries  where  we  believe  filing  for  such  protection  is  appropriate.  Effective  protection  of  our 
intellectual  property  rights  may  be  unavailable,  limited  or  not  applied  for  in  some  countries.  Some  of  our  products  and 
technologies are not covered by any patent or patent application, as we do not believe patent protection of these products and 
technologies  is  critical  to  our  business  strategy  at  this  time.  A  failure  to  timely  seek  patent  protection  on  products  or 
technologies  generally  precludes  us  from  seeking  future  patent  protection  on  these  products  or  technologies.  We  cannot 
guarantee that: 

● 

any of our present or future patents or patent claims will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or
abandoned; 

●  our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us; 

●  our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to settle current or future disputes

will not be limited by our agreements with third parties; 

● 

any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought; 

●  our intellectual property rights will be enforced in jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal

protection may be weak; 

● 

any of the trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights that we presently employ in our
business will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned; or 

●  we will not lose the ability to assert our intellectual property rights against or to license our technology to others and

collect royalties or other payments. 

In addition, our competitors or others may design around our protected patents or technologies. Effective intellectual 
property protection may be unavailable or more limited in one or more relevant jurisdictions relative to those protections 
available in the United States, or may not be applied for in one or more relevant jurisdictions. If we pursue litigation to assert 

18 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
our intellectual property rights, an adverse decision in any of these legal actions could limit our ability to assert our intellectual 
property rights, limit the value of our technology or otherwise negatively impact our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Monitoring  unauthorized  use  of  our  intellectual  property  is  difficult  and  costly.  Unauthorized  use  of  our  intellectual 
property may have occurred or may occur in the future. Although we have taken steps to minimize the risk of this occurring, 
any  such  failure  to  identify  unauthorized  use  and  otherwise  adequately  protect  our  intellectual  property  would  adversely 
affect our business. Moreover, if we are required to commence litigation, whether as a plaintiff or defendant, not only would 
this be time-consuming, but we would also be forced to incur significant costs and divert our attention and efforts of our 
employees, which could, in turn, result in lower revenue and higher expenses. 

We also rely on contractual protections with our customers, suppliers, distributors, employees and consultants, and we 
implement security measures designed to protect our trade secrets. We cannot assure you that these contractual protections 
and security measures will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any such breach or that our suppliers, 
employees or consultants will not assert rights to intellectual property arising out of such contracts. 

In addition, we have a number of third-party patent and intellectual property license agreements. Some of these license 
agreements require us to make one-time payments or ongoing royalty payments. We cannot guarantee that the third-party 
patents and technology we license will not be licensed to our competitors or others in the semiconductor industry. In the 
future, we may need to obtain additional licenses, renew existing license agreements or otherwise replace existing technology. 
We are unable to predict whether these license agreements can be obtained or renewed or the technology can be replaced on 
acceptable terms, or at all. 

Average selling prices of our products generally decrease over time, which could negatively impact our revenue and 

gross margins. 

Our operating results may be impacted by a decline in the average selling prices of our semiconductors. If competition 
increases in our target markets, we may need to reduce the average unit price of our products in anticipation of competitive 
pricing pressures, new product introductions by us or our competitors and for other reasons. If we are unable to offset any 
reductions in our average selling prices by increasing our sales volumes or introducing new products with higher margins, 
our revenue and gross margins will suffer. To maintain our revenue and gross margins, we must develop and introduce new 
products and product enhancements on a timely basis and continually reduce our costs as well as our customers’ costs. Failure 
to do so would cause our revenue and gross margins to decline. 

We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties, and differences between our estimates of customer demand and 

product mix and our actual results could negatively affect our inventory levels, sales and operating results. 

Our  revenue  is  generated  on  the  basis  of  purchase  orders  with  our  customers  rather  than  long-term  purchase 
commitments. In addition, our customers can cancel purchase orders or defer the shipments of our products under certain 
circumstances.  Our  products  are  manufactured  using  semiconductor  foundries  according  to  our  estimates  of  customer 
demand, which requires us to make separate demand forecast assumptions for every customer, each of which may introduce 
significant variability into our aggregate estimates. It is difficult for us to forecast the demand for our products, in part because 
of the complex supply chain between us and the end-user markets that incorporate our products. Due to our lengthy product 
development cycle, it is critical for us to anticipate changes in demand for our various product features and the applications 
they  serve  to  allow  sufficient  time  for  product  development  and  design.  We  have  limited  visibility  into  future  customer 
demand and the product mix that our customers will require, which could adversely affect our revenue forecasts and operating 
margins. Moreover, because some of our target markets are relatively new, many of our customers have difficulty accurately 
forecasting their product requirements and estimating the timing of their new product introductions, which ultimately affects 
their  demand  for  our  products.  Our  failure  to  accurately  forecast  demand  can  lead  to  product  shortages  that  can  impede 
production by our customers and harm our customer relationships. Conversely, our failure to forecast declining demand or 
shifts in product mix can result in excess or obsolete inventory. For example, some of our customers may cancel purchase 
orders or delay the shipment of their products that incorporate our products as a result of component shortages they may 
experience due to earthquakes and tsunamis in Japan or Taiwan, or likewise with respect to flooding in Thailand, which may 
result in excess or obsolete inventory and impact our sales and operating results. In addition, the rapid pace of innovation in 
our industry could also render significant portions of our inventory obsolete. Excess or obsolete inventory levels could result 
in unexpected expenses or increases in our reserves that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial 
condition. In contrast, if we were to underestimate customer demand or if sufficient manufacturing capacity were unavailable, 
we could forego revenue opportunities, potentially lose market share and damage our customer relationships. In addition, any 
significant future cancellations or deferrals of product orders or the return of previously sold products due to manufacturing 

19 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
defects could materially and adversely impact our profit margins, increase our write-offs due to product obsolescence and 
restrict our ability to fund our operations. 

We rely on third-party sales representatives and distributors to assist in selling our products. If we fail to retain or 
find additional sales representatives and distributors, or if any of these parties fail to perform as expected, it could reduce 
our future sales. 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we derived 82% of our total revenue from sales by our direct sales team and 
third-party  sales  representatives  and  18%  of  our  sales  were  made  through  third-party  distributors.  For  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2016,  we  derived  85%  of  our  total  revenue  from  sales  by  our  direct  sales  team  and  third-party  sales 
representatives and 15% of our sales were made through third-party distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we 
derived 80% of our total revenue from sales by our direct sales team and third-party sales representatives and approximately 
20% of our sales were made through third-party distributors. We are unable to predict the extent to which these third-party 
sales representatives and distributors will be successful in marketing and selling our products. Moreover, many of these third-
party sales representatives and distributors also market and sell competing products, which may affect the extent to which 
they promote our products. Even where our relationships are formalized in contracts, our third-party sales representatives and 
distributors often have the right to terminate their relationships with us at any time. Our future performance will also depend, 
in part, on our ability to attract additional third-party sales representatives and distributors who will be able to market and 
support our products effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously sold our products. If we cannot retain 
our  current  distributors  or  find  additional  or  replacement  third-party  sales  representatives  and  distributors,  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Additionally, if we terminate our relationship with a distributor, 
we may be obligated to repurchase unsold products. We record a reserve for estimated returns and price credits. If actual 
returns and credits exceed our estimates, our operating results could be harmed. 

The facilities of our third-party contractors and distributors and a number of our facilities are located in regions that 

are subject to earthquakes and other natural disasters. 

The facilities of our third-party contractors and distributors are subject to risk of catastrophic loss due to fire, flood or 
other natural or man-made disasters. A number of our facilities and those of our contract manufacturers are located in areas 
with above average seismic activity and also subject to typhoons and other Pacific storms. Several foundries that manufacture 
our wafers are located in Taiwan, Japan and California, and a majority of our third-party contractors who assemble and test 
our products are located in Asia. In addition, our headquarters are located in California. The risk of an earthquake in the 
Pacific Rim region or California is significant due to the proximity of major earthquake fault lines. Any catastrophic loss to 
any of these facilities would likely disrupt our operations, delay production, shipments and revenue and result in significant 
expenses to repair or replace the facility. In particular, any catastrophic loss at our California locations would materially and 
adversely affect our business. 

We rely on third-party technologies for the development of our products and our inability to use such technologies in 

the future would harm our ability to remain competitive. 

We rely on third parties for technologies that are integrated into our products, such as wafer fabrication and assembly 
and test technologies used by our contract manufacturers, as well as licensed architecture technologies. If we are unable to 
continue to use or license these technologies on reasonable terms, or if these technologies fail to operate properly, we may 
not be able to secure alternatives in a timely manner or at all, and our ability to remain competitive would be harmed. In 
addition, if we are unable to successfully license technology from third parties to develop future products, we may not be 
able to develop such products in a timely manner or at all. 

Our business would be adversely affected by the departure of existing members of our senior management team and 

other key personnel. 

Our success depends, in large part, on the continued contributions of our senior management team, in particular, the 
services  of  certain  key  personnel.  Changes  in  our  management  team  could  negatively  affect  our  operations  and  our 
relationships  with  our  customers,  employees  and  market  leaders.  In  addition,  we  have  not  entered  into  non-compete 
agreements with members of our senior management team. The loss of any member of our senior management team or key 
personnel could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing market conditions 
in which we operate. 

20 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We  may  acquire  businesses,  enter  into  licensing  arrangements  or  make  investments  in  other  companies  or 
technologies that disrupt our business, are difficult to integrate, impair our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ 
ownership, increase our debt, divert management resources or cause us to incur significant expense. 

As part of our business strategy, we have pursued and may continue to pursue in the future acquisitions of businesses 
and  assets,  as  well  as  technology  licensing  arrangements  that  we  believe  will  complement  our  business,  semiconductor 
solutions  or  technologies.  For  example,  we  acquired  ClariPhy  in  December  2016  to  help  expand  our  optical  networking 
platform  portfolio.  We  also  may  pursue  strategic  alliances  that  leverage  our  core  technology  and  industry  experience  to 
expand our product offerings or distribution, or make investments in other companies. Any acquisition involves a number of 
risks, many of which could harm our business, including: 

●  difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the

acquired company or business; 

● 

realizing the anticipated benefits of any acquisition; 

●  difficulty in transitioning and supporting customers, if any, of the acquired company; 

●  difficulty in transitioning and collaborating with suppliers, if any, of the acquired company; 

●  diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations; 

● 

the risk that the price we pay or other resources that we devote may exceed the value we realize, or the value we
could have realized if we had allocated the purchase price or other resources to another opportunity; 

●  potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either our current business or the acquired

company’s business; 

● 

inability to successfully bring newly acquired products to market or achieve design wins with such products; 

● 

fluctuations in industry trends that change the demand or purchasing volume of newly acquired products; 

● 

assumption of unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the acquired products;

● 

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs; 

●  dilutive effect on our stock as a result of any equity-based acquisitions; 

● 

inability to successfully complete transactions with a suitable acquisition candidate; and 

● 

in the event of international acquisitions, risks associated with accounting and business practices that are different
from applicable U.S. practices and requirements. 

Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to potential 
impairments, which could harm our financial results. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2017, we abandoned 
a project related to certain developed technology and in-process research and development from the ClariPhy acquisition and 
recorded an impairment charge of $47.0 million. The abandonment of the project was primarily related to change in product 
roadmap that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017. Similarly, during the year ended December 31, 2015, we 
abandoned a project related to in-process research and development in connection with the Cortina acquisition and recorded 
an impairment charge of $1.8 million. If we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, it may impair our ability to 
achieve  the  anticipated  benefits  of  any  such  acquisitions  or  investments,  and  we  may  incur  costs  in  excess  of  what  we 
anticipate. The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address these 
risks could materially harm our business and financial results.  

To finance any acquisitions or investments, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock or convertible debt as 
consideration, which could dilute the ownership of our stockholders. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we 
may not be able to acquire other companies for stock. In addition, newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or 
privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms 
of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our 

21 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
operating flexibility, and would also require us to incur interest expense. Additional funds may not be available on terms that 
are favorable to us, or at all. 

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions, which in turn could harm our business and operating 

results. 

We may not achieve all of the anticipated benefits of any of our acquisitions in a timely manner or at all, including our 
acquisitions of  Cortina  and ClariPhy, due to  a number of  factors  including:  failure  to  successfully integrate  the  acquired 
business, unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisitions, incurrence of acquisition-related costs, harm to 
our relationships with existing customers as a result of the acquisitions, harm to our brands and reputation, the loss of key 
employees of the acquired companies, negative market reaction thereto, inability to successfully extend and expand product 
offerings, significant impairments of anticipated goodwill and other intangible assets and the use of resources that are needed 
in other parts of our business. 

We may sell one or more of our product lines, from time to time, as a result of our evaluation of our products and 
markets,  and  any  divestiture  could  adversely  affect  our  continuing  business  and  our  expenses,  revenues,  results  of 
operation, cash flows and financial position. 

We periodically evaluate our various product lines and may, as a result, consider the divestiture of one or more of those 
product lines. For example, in August 2016, we sold our memory product business to Rambus Inc. for $90 million in cash. 
Any divestiture could adversely affect our continuing business and expenses, revenues, results of operations, cash flows and 
financial position. 

Divestitures of product lines have inherent risks, including the expense of selling the product line, the possibility that 
any anticipated sale will not occur, delays in closing any sale, the risk of lower-than-expected proceeds from the sale of the 
divested business, unexpected costs associated with the separation of the business to be sold from the seller’s information 
technology and other operating systems, and potential post-closing claims for indemnification or breach of transition services 
obligations of the seller. Expected cost savings, which are offset by revenue losses from divested businesses, may also be 
difficult  to  achieve  or  maximize  due  to  the  seller’s  fixed  cost  structure,  and  a  seller  may  experience  varying  success  in 
reducing fixed costs or transferring liabilities previously associated with the divested business. 

Our  business,  particularly  the  high-speed  interconnect  and  optical  transport  business,  is  dependent  on  capital 

expenditures by service providers, and any downturn that they experience could negatively impact our business. 

Our business, particularly the high-speed interconnect and optical transport business, which we acquired in connection 
with our acquisition of Cortina, depends on continued capital expenditures by communication service providers and is subject 
to the cyclicality of such expenditures. Our communications semiconductor products are sold primarily to network equipment 
vendors that in turn sell their equipment to service providers. If the demand for our customers’ products declines or fails to 
increase, as a result of lower capital expenditures by service providers or any other factors, demand for our products will be 
similarly  affected.  The  global  economic  downturn  caused  a  significant  reduction  in  capital  spending  on  communications 
network equipment. While we are beginning to see improvement, there are no guarantees that this growth will continue, 
which could result in market volatility or another downturn. If there is another downturn, our business, operating results and 
financial condition may be materially harmed. 

Our high-speed interconnect and optical transport business that we acquired in connection with our acquisition of 
Cortina has historically relied on a small number of key customers for a substantial portion of its revenue, and the loss of 
one or more of these key customers or the diminished demand for these products from one or more such key customers 
would significantly reduce our revenue and profits. 

With  respect  to  our  high-speed  interconnect  and  optical  transport  business  that  we  acquired  in  connection  with  our 
acquisition of Cortina, a small number of customers have historically accounted for a substantial portion of the revenues in 
any particular period. We anticipate that our relationships with these key customers will continue to be important to this 
business, and we expect that this customer concentration will increase in the future. We have no long-term volume purchase 
commitments from our key customers. These customers may decide not to purchase our products at all, may purchase fewer 
products than they did in the past or may otherwise alter their purchasing patterns. Reductions, delays and cancellation of 
orders from our key customers or the loss of one or more key customers would significantly reduce our revenue and profits.  

22 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
The failure of our distributors to perform as expected could materially reduce our future revenue or negatively impact 

our reported financial results. 

Our high-speed interconnect and optical transport business that we acquired in connection with our acquisition of Cortina 
has  historically  relied  on  a  number  of  distributors,  in  particular  Arrow  Electronics,  Inc.  and  Paltek  Corporation,  to  help 
generate customer demand, provide technical support and other value-added services to its customers, fill customer orders 
and stock its products. These distributors do not sell those products exclusively, and to the extent they choose to emphasize 
a competitor’s products over our products, our results of operations could be harmed. Our contracts with these distributors 
may be terminated by either party with notice. Our distributors are located all over the world, and are of various sizes and 
financial conditions. Lower sales, lower earnings, debt downgrades, the inability to access capital markets and higher interest 
rates could potentially affect our distributors’ operations. Further, our distributors have contractual rights to return unsold 
inventory to us, and, if this were to happen, we could incur significant cost in finding alternative sales channels for these 
products or through write-offs. Any adverse condition experienced by our distributors could negatively impact their level of 
support  for  our  products  or  the  rate  at  which  they  make  payments  to  us  and,  consequently,  could  harm  our  results  of 
operations. We rely on accurate and timely sales reports from our distributors in order for our financial results to represent 
the  actual  sales  that  our  distributors  make  for  us  in  any  given  period.  Any  inaccuracies  or  delays  in  these  reports  could 
negatively  affect  our  ability  to  produce  accurate  and  timely  financial  reports  and  to  recognize  revenue.  We  also  rely  on 
distributors  for  sales  forecasts,  and  any  inaccuracies  in  such  forecasts  could  impair  the  accuracy  of  our  projections  and 
planned operations. 

Our portfolio of marketable securities is significant and subject to market, interest and credit risk that may reduce its 

value. 

We maintain a significant portfolio of marketable securities. Changes in the value of this portfolio could adversely affect 
our earnings. In particular, the value of our investments may decline due to increases in interest rates, downgrades of money 
market funds, U.S. Treasuries, municipal bonds, corporate bonds, certificates of deposit and asset-backed securities included 
in our portfolio, instability in the global financial markets that reduces the liquidity of securities included in our portfolio, 
declines in the value of collateral underlying the asset-backed securities included in our portfolio and other factors. Each of 
these events may cause us to record charges to reduce the carrying value of our investment portfolio or sell investments for 
less  than  our  acquisition  cost.  Although  we  attempt  to  mitigate  these  risks  by  investing  in  high  quality  securities  and 
continuously monitoring our portfolio’s overall risk profile, the value of our investments may nevertheless decline. 

Tax benefits that we receive may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs. 

We continue to expand our international presence to take advantage of the opportunity to recruit additional engineering 
design talent, as well as to more closely align our operations geographically with our customers and suppliers in Asia. In 
certain international jurisdictions, we have also entered into agreements with local governments to provide us with, among 
other things, favorable local tax rates if certain minimum criteria are met. These agreements may require us to meet several 
requirements as to investment, headcount and activities to retain this status. We currently believe that we will be able to meet 
all  the  terms  and  conditions  specified  in  these  agreements.  However,  if  adverse  changes  in  the  economy  or  changes  in 
technology affect international demand for our products in an unforeseen manner or if we fail to otherwise meet the conditions 
of the local agreements, or if we fail to extend the favorable local tax rate, we may be subject to additional taxes, which in 
turn would increase our costs. 

Changes  in  our  effective  tax  rate  may  harm  our  results  of  operations.  A  number  of  factors  may  increase  our  future 

effective tax rates, including: 

● 

the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed; 

● 

the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities; 

● 

changes in the measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and in deferred tax valuation allowances; 

● 

changes in the value of assets or services transferred or provided from one jurisdiction to another; 

● 

adjustments to income taxes upon finalization of various tax returns; 

● 

increases  in  expenses  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes,  including  write-offs  of  acquired  in-process  research  and 
development and impairments of goodwill in connection with acquisitions; 

23 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
● 

changes in available tax credits; 

● 

changes in tax laws, such as Public Law 115-97, informally referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax
Reform Act”), or the interpretation of such tax laws, and changes in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles;
and 

● 

a decision to repatriate non-U.S. earnings for which we have not previously provided for U.S. taxes. 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Reform Act was signed into law. The Tax Reform Act contains significant changes to 
U.S. federal corporate income taxation, including a reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 
2018, a one-time transition tax on deemed mandatory repatriation of accumulated earnings and profits of foreign subsidiaries 
in conjunction with the elimination of U.S. tax on dividend distributions from foreign subsidiaries, and a temporary 100% 
first-year depreciation deduction for certain capital investments. The effect of the tax law changes must be recognized in the 
period of enactment. As a result of the change in tax rate, our federal deferred tax assets and liabilities are required to be 
remeasured to reflect their value at a lower tax rate of 21%. In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 
No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (SAB 118), which allows us to record provisional 
amounts  during  a  measurement  period  not  to  extend  beyond  one  year  of  the  enactment  date.  We  are  in  the  process  of 
completing the evaluation of the Tax Reform Act on our business and financial condition. We have made reasonable estimates 
of  the  effects  of  the  tax  law  changes,  including  the  remeasurement  of  our  existing  deferred  tax  balances  and  mandatory 
repatriation of deferred foreign earnings. The final impact of the Tax Reform Act may differ from the provisional estimate 
due to forthcoming guidance in interpretation of the law and accounting, or further refinement of our analysis. Any adjustment 
could adversely affect our earnings. 

We are subject to regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 
which are costly to comply with, and our failure to comply with these requirements could harm our business and operating 
results. 

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses related to compliance with laws such as 
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Compliance with Section 404 requires that our management report on, and 
our independent registered public accounting firm attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting 
in our annual reports on Form 10-K. Section 404 compliance has in the past diverted, and may continue to divert, internal 
resources, and require a significant amount of time and effort. If we fail to comply with Section 404, or if in the future our 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or independent registered public accounting firm determines that our internal 
control over financial reporting is not effective, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by The New York Stock 
Exchange, or NYSE, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. 

Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our 
stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect 
on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. 

The conditional conversion feature of our convertible senior notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial 

condition and operating results. 

In  the  event  the  conditional  conversion  feature  of  our  convertible  senior  notes  is  triggered,  holders  of  notes  will  be 
entitled to convert the notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their 
notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock, thereby incurring 
share dilution (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we would be required to settle a portion or 
all of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if 
holders do not elect to convert their notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion 
of the outstanding principal of the notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction 
of our net working capital. 

The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the notes, could have a 

material effect on our reported financial results. 

Under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options, which we refer to as ASC 
470-20, an entity must separately account for the liability and equity components of the convertible debt instruments (such 
as the notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic 
interest cost. The effect of ASC 470-20 on the accounting for the notes is that the equity component is required to be included 
in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet, and the value of the equity 

24 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
component would be treated as debt discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the notes. As a result, we 
are required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense in current periods presented as a result of the amortization 
of the discounted carrying value of the notes to their face amount over the term of the notes. We will report lower net income 
in our financial results because ASC 470-20 will require interest to include both the current period’s amortization of the debt 
discount  and  the  instrument’s  non-convertible  interest  rate,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  reported  or  future  financial 
results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of the notes. 

In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the notes) that may be settled entirely or 
partly in cash are currently accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable 
upon conversion of the notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the 
conversion value of the notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock method, for diluted earnings per share 
purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the number of shares of common stock that would be necessary to settle such 
excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot be sure that the accounting standards in the future 
will continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable to use the treasury stock method in accounting 
for the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes, then our diluted earnings per share would be adversely affected. 

We are leveraged financially, which could adversely affect our ability to adjust our business to respond to competitive 

pressures and to obtain sufficient funds to satisfy our future growth, business needs and development plans.  

We  have  substantial  existing  indebtedness.  For  example,  in  September  2016  and  December  2015,  we  issued  $287.5 
million  and  $230.0  million,  respectively  in  aggregate  principal  of  convertible  senior  notes.  The  degree  to  which  we  are 
leveraged could have negative consequences, including, but not limited to, the following: 

●  we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, less able to withstand competitive pressures and less flexible

in responding to changing business and economic conditions; 

●  our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general

● 

corporate or other purposes may be limited; 
a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations in the future may be required for the payment of the principal 
amount of our existing indebtedness when it becomes due; and 

●  we may elect to make cash payments upon any conversion of the convertible notes, which would reduce our cash on

hand. 

Our ability to meet our payment obligations under our convertible notes depends on our ability to generate significant 
cash flow in the future. This, to some extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, and regulatory 
factors as well as other factors that are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that our business will generate cash 
flow from operations, or that additional capital will be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our debt 
payment obligations and to fund other liquidity needs. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt 
obligations, we may need to refinance or restructure our debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise 
additional capital. If we were unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may be unable to meet our debt 
payment obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. 

Our business could be negatively impacted by information technology security events and other disruptions.  

We face various cybersecurity threats, including threats to our information technology infrastructure and attempts to gain 
access to our proprietary or classified information, denial-of-service attacks, requests for money transfers, ransomware, as 
well as threats to the physical security of our facilities and employees. In addition, we face cyber threats from entities that 
may seek to target us through our customers, vendors, subcontractors, employees, and other third parties with whom we do 
business. Accordingly, we maintain information security partners and staff, policies and procedures for managing risk to our 
information systems, and conduct employee training on cybersecurity to mitigate persistent and continuously evolving cyber 
security threats. We have experienced cybersecurity threats such as viruses and attacks by hackers targeting our information 
technology  systems.  Although  such  events  have  not  had  a  material impact  to  date  on  our  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations or liquidity or reputation, future threats could, among other things, cause harm to our business and our reputation; 
disrupt our operations; expose us to potential liability, regulatory actions and the loss of business; as well as impact our results 
of operations materially. Due to the evolving nature of these security threats, we cannot predict the potential impact of any 
future incident.  

25 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Industry 

We may be unable to make the substantial and productive research and development investments, which are required 

to remain competitive in our business. 

The semiconductor industry requires substantial investment in research and development in order to develop and bring 
to market new and enhanced technologies and products. Many of our products originated with our research and development 
efforts and have provided us with a significant competitive advantage. Our research and development expenses were $200.5 
million, $108.0 million, and $87.8 million in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. We are committed to investing in new 
product development in order to remain competitive in our target markets. We do not know whether we will have sufficient 
resources to maintain the level of investment in research and development required to remain competitive. In addition, we 
cannot  assure  you  that  the  technologies  which  are  the  focus  of  our  research  and  development  expenditures  will  become 
commercially successful. 

Our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected  by  worldwide  economic 

conditions, as well as political and economic conditions in the countries in which we conduct business. 

Our business and operating results are impacted by worldwide economic conditions. Uncertainty about current global 
economic conditions may cause businesses to continue to postpone spending in response to tighter credit, unemployment or 
negative financial news. This in turn could have a material negative effect on the demand for our semiconductor products or 
the products into which our semiconductors are incorporated. Multiple factors relating to our international operations and to 
particular countries in which we operate could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
These factors include: 

● 

changes in political, regulatory, legal or economic conditions; 

● 

restrictive governmental actions, such as restrictions on the transfer or repatriation of funds and foreign investments
and trade protection measures, including export duties and quotas and customs duties and tariffs; 

●  disruptions of capital and trading markets; 

● 

changes in import or export requirements; 

● 

transportation delays; 

● 

civil disturbances or political instability; 

●  geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism, war or political or military coups; 

●  public health emergencies; 

●  differing employment practices and labor standards; 

● 

limitations on our ability under local laws to protect our intellectual property; 

● 

local business and cultural factors that differ from our customary standards and practices; 

●  nationalization and expropriation; 

● 

changes in tax or intellectual property laws; 

● 

currency fluctuations relating to our international operating activities; and 

●  difficulty in obtaining distribution and support. 

A significant portion of our products are manufactured, assembled and tested outside the United States. Any conflict or 
uncertainty in these countries, including due to natural disasters, public health concerns, political unrest or safety concerns, 
could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if the government of any country in which 
our products are manufactured or sold sets technical standards for products manufactured in or imported into their country 
that are not widely shared, it may lead some of our customers to suspend imports of their products into that country, require 

26 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
manufacturers  in  that  country  to  manufacture  products  with  different  technical  standards  and  disrupt  cross-border 
manufacturing relationships which, in each case, could harm our business. 

Changes  in  current or future  laws or  regulations  or  the  imposition of  new  laws or regulations,  including  new or 
changed tax regulations, environmental laws and export control laws, or new interpretations thereof, by federal or state 
agencies or foreign governments could impair our ability to compete in international markets. 

Changes in current laws or regulations applicable to us, the imposition of new laws and regulations in the United States 
or other jurisdictions in which we do business, such as Argentina, Canada, China, Germany, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, 
Taiwan and United Kingdom, any changes or uncertainties with respect to such laws or regulations or with respect to trade 
relations between the United States and any such jurisdictions or any adverse outcome as a result of a review or examination 
by  the  applicable  taxing  authority,  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. For example, we have entered into agreements with local governments to provide us with, among other things, 
favorable local tax rates if certain minimum criteria are met, as discussed in our risk factor entitled “Tax benefits that we 
received may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs.” These agreements may require us to 
meet several requirements as to investment, headcount and activities to retain this status. If we fail to otherwise meet the 
conditions of the local agreements, we may be subject to additional taxes, which in turn would increase our costs. In addition, 
potential future U.S. tax legislation could impact the tax benefits we effectively realize under these agreements. 

Due to environmental concerns, the use of lead and other hazardous substances in electronic components and systems is 
receiving increased attention. In response, the European Union passed the Restriction on Hazardous Substances, or RoHS, 
Directive, legislation that limits the use of lead and other hazardous substances in electrical equipment. The RoHS Directive 
became effective July 1, 2006. We believe that our current product designs and material supply chains are in compliance with 
the RoHS Directive. If our product designs or material supply chains are deemed not to be in compliance with the RoHS 
Directive, we and our third-party manufacturers may need to redesign products with components meeting the requirements 
of the RoHS Directive and we may incur additional expense as well as loss of market share and damage to our reputation. 

We are also subject to export control laws, regulations and requirements that limit which products we sell and where and 
to whom we sell our products. In some cases, it is possible that export licenses would be required from U.S. government 
agencies for some of our products in accordance with the Export Administration Regulations and the International Traffic in 
Arms Regulations. We may not be successful in obtaining the necessary export licenses in all instances. Any limitation on 
our ability to export or sell our products imposed by these laws would adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. In addition, changes in our products or changes in export and import laws and implementing regulations 
may create delays in the introduction of new products in international markets, prevent our customers from deploying our 
products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries altogether. While 
we are not aware of any other current or proposed export or import regulations which would materially restrict our ability to 
sell our products in other countries, any change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the 
enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by these regulations, 
could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or 
potential customers with international operations. In such event, our business and results of operations could be adversely 
affected. In addition, we are subject to economic and trade sanctions programs that are administered by the U.S. Treasury 
Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, that prohibit or restrict transactions to or from or dealings with 
specified  countries,  their  governments,  and  in  certain  circumstances,  with  individuals  and  entities  that  are  specially-
designated nationals of those countries, narcotics traffickers and terrorists or terrorist organizations. Violations of these trade 
control  laws  and  sanctions  regulations  are  punishable  by  civil  penalties,  including  fines,  denial  of  export  privileges, 
injunctions,  asset  seizures,  debarment  from  government  contracts,  and  revocations  or  restrictions  of  licenses,  as  well  as 
criminal fines and imprisonment. 

We  are  also  subject  to  risks  associated  with  compliance  with  applicable  anti-corruption  laws,  including  the  Foreign 
Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which generally prohibits companies and their employees and intermediaries from making 
payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, securing an advantage, or directing business 
to  another,  and  requires  public  companies  to  maintain  accurate  books  and  records  and  a  system  of  internal  accounting 
controls. Under the FCPA, companies may be held liable for actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other 
strategic or local partners or representatives. If we or our intermediaries fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA or 
similar laws, governmental authorities in the United States and elsewhere could seek to impose civil and criminal fines and 
penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Our product or manufacturing standards could also be impacted by new or revised environmental rules and regulations 
or other social initiatives. For instance, the SEC adopted disclosure requirements in 2012 relating to the sourcing of certain 
minerals from the Democratic Republic of Congo and certain other adjoining countries. These rules, which required reporting 

27 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
starting in 2014, could adversely affect our costs, the availability of minerals used in our products and our relationships with 
customers and suppliers. Also, since our supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges with our customers, 
stockholders, and other stakeholders if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for any conflict minerals used in the 
products that we sell. 

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, which has suffered and may suffer from future 

recessionary downturns. 

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, rapid 
product obsolescence and price erosion, evolving standards and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. The industry 
experienced  a  significant  downturn  during  the  current  global  recession.  These  downturns  have  been  characterized  by 
diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. 
The most recent downturn and any future downturns could negatively impact our business and operating results. Furthermore, 
any upturn in the semiconductor industry could result in increased competition for access to third-party foundry and assembly 
capacity. We are dependent on the availability of this capacity to manufacture and assemble our integrated circuits. None of 
our third-party foundry or assembly contractors has provided assurances that adequate capacity will be available to us in the 
future. 

Our products must conform to industry standards in order to be accepted by end-users in our markets. 

Our products comprise only a part of larger electronic systems. All components of these systems must uniformly comply 
with industry standards in order to operate efficiently together. These industry standards are often developed and promoted 
by  larger  companies  who  are  industry  leaders  and  provide  other  components  of  the  systems  in  which  our  products  are 
incorporated. In driving industry standards, these larger companies are able to develop and foster product ecosystems within 
which our products can be used. We work with a number of these larger companies in helping develop industry standards 
with which our products are compatible. If larger companies do not support the same industry standards that we do, or if 
competing standards emerge, market acceptance of our products could be adversely affected, which would harm our business. 

Some  industry  standards  may  not  be  widely  adopted  or  implemented  uniformly,  and  competing  standards  may  still 
emerge  that  may  be  preferred  by  our  customers.  Products  for  communications  and  computing  applications  are  based  on 
industry standards that are continually evolving. Our ability to compete in the future will depend on our ability to identify 
and ensure compliance with these evolving industry standards. The emergence of new industry standards could render our 
products  incompatible  with  products  developed  by  other  suppliers  or  make  it  difficult  for  our  products  to  meet  the 
requirements of certain OEMs. As a result, we could be required to invest significant time and effort and to incur significant 
expense to redesign our products to ensure compliance with relevant standards. If our products are not in compliance with 
prevailing industry standards for a significant period of time, we could miss opportunities to achieve crucial design wins. We 
may not be successful in developing or using new technologies or in developing new products or product enhancements that 
achieve market acceptance. Our pursuit of necessary technological advances may require substantial time and expense. 

Industry consolidation may lead to increased competition and may harm our operating results. 

There has been a trend toward industry consolidation in our markets for several years. We expect this trend to continue 
as companies attempt to improve the leverage of growing research and development costs, strengthen or hold their market 
positions in an evolving industry or are unable to continue operations. Companies that are strategic alliance partners in some 
areas of our business may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. We believe 
that  industry  consolidation  may  result  in  stronger  competitors  that  are  better  able  to  compete  as  sole-source  vendors  for 
customers.  This  could  lead  to  more  variability  in  our  operating  results  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, operating results and financial condition. 

28 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Risks Related to Our Common Stock 

The trading price and volume of our common stock is subject to price volatility. This volatility may affect the price at 

which you could sell our common stock. 

The trading price of our common stock has experienced wide fluctuations. For example, the closing sale prices for our 
common stock have ranged from $33.87 to $51.40 in the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2017.  The closing sale 
prices or our common stock have ranged from $24.44 to $38.98 between January 1, 2018 and February 23, 2018.  Volatility 
in the market price of our common stock may occur in the future in response to many risk factors discussed herein and others 
beyond our control, including but not limited to: 

● 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results; 

● 

changes  in  the  economic  performance  or  market  valuations  of  other  companies  that  provide  high-speed  analog 
semiconductor solutions; 

● 

loss of a significant amount of existing business; 

● 

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors; 

● 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our competitors’ operating results or changes in their growth rates; 

● 

issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts; 

●  our  announcement  of  actual  results  for  a  fiscal  period  that  are  higher  or  lower  than  projected  results  or  our

announcement of revenue or earnings guidance that is higher or lower than expected; 

● 

regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our customers or our competitors; 

● 

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us; 

● 

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares; 

● 

sales or expected sales of additional common stock or equity or equity-linked securities; 

● 

terrorist  attacks  or  natural  disasters  or  other  such  events  impacting  countries  where  we  or  our  customers  have 
operations; and 

●  general economic and market conditions. 

Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue 
to  affect  the  market  prices  of  equity  securities  of  many  companies.  These  fluctuations  often  have  been  unrelated  or 
disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as 
general  economic,  political  and  market  conditions  such  as  recessions,  interest  rate  changes  or  international  currency 
fluctuations,  may  cause  the  market  price  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  to  decline.  In  the  past,  companies  that  have 
experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the 
target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our 
management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business. Each of these factors, among 
others, could harm the value of our common stock.  

Due  to  the  nature  of  our  compensation  program,  our  executive  officers  can  sell  shares  of  our  common  stock,  often 
pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, and certain of our executive officers currently 
have 10b5-1 trading plans in place. As a result, sales of common stock by our executive officers may not be indicative of 
their  respective  opinions  of  our  performance  at  the  time  of  sale  or  of  our  potential  future  performance.  Nonetheless,  the 
market price of our common stock may be affected by sales of shares by our executive officers. 

29 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
If  securities  or  industry  analysts  do  not  publish  research  or  reports  about  our  business,  or  if  they  change  their 

recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The  trading  market  for  our  common  stock  will  be  influenced  by  the  research  and  reports  that  industry  or  securities 
analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price 
would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on 
us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders 

and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our growth strategy. 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, investments in marketable securities, and cash flows from our 
operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 to 18 months. We operate in 
an industry, however, that makes our financial prospects difficult to evaluate. It is possible that we may not generate sufficient 
cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may 
need additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to: 

● 

invest in our research and development efforts by hiring additional technical and other personnel; 

● 

expand our operating infrastructure; 

● 

acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies; or 

●  otherwise pursue our strategic plans and respond to competitive pressures. 

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of 
our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges 
senior to those of existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those 
financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operational 
flexibility, and would also require us to incur interest expense. There is no assurance that additional financing will be available 
on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when 
needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products, 
or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited. 

Delaware law and our corporate charter and bylaws contain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage 
takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable, which could also reduce the market price of our common 
stock. 

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying 

or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following: 

● 

● 

● 

the  right  of  our  board  of  directors  to  elect  a  director  to  fill  a  vacancy  created  by  the  expansion  of  our  board  of
directors; 

the classification of our board of directors so that only a portion of our directors are elected each year, with each
director serving a three-year term; 

the requirement for advance notice for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters
that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting; 

● 

the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval; 

● 

● 

the ability of our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock
with rights set by our board of directors, which rights could be senior to those of common stock; 

the required approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt,
amend  or  repeal  our  bylaws  or  amend  or  repeal  the  provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation  regarding  the 
election and removal of directors and the ability of stockholders to take action by written consent; 

30 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
● 

the elimination of the right of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders and to take action by written
consent; and 

●  designating the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forums for derivative
actions, claims of breach of fiduciary duty by any director, officer or other employee, claims arising pursuant to any
provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and claims governed by the internal affairs doctrine. 

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware 
General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit or restrict large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or 
more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us. These provisions in our restated certificate of 
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts and 
could reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in the 
market price of our common stock being lower than they would without these provisions. 

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, the ability to achieve a return 

on an investment in our stock will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock. 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the 
foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. The success of an investment 
in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that our common 
stock will appreciate in value. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  

PROPERTIES 

We lease 57,914 square feet of office space in Santa Clara, California, which currently serves as our principal executive 
office that will expire on September 17, 2019, as well as 11,036 square feet of office space that expires on December 31, 
2019.  We  also  lease  42,197  square  feet  of  office  space  in  Westlake  Village,  California  under  a  lease  that  will  expire  on 
December 31, 2024. We also lease 27,797 square feet of office in Irvine, California under a lease that will expire on July 31, 
2019. Our Singapore subsidiary currently leases 6,378 square feet of office space in Singapore under a lease that will expire 
on April 30, 2020. Our United Kingdom subsidiary currently leases office space in Northamptonshire, England under a lease 
that will expire on April 2, 2026. We also occupy space in Folsom, California, consisting of 7,532 square feet of office space 
under a lease that will expire on November 30, 2020, and space in Durham, North Carolina, consisting of 1,572 square feet 
of office space under a lease that expires on May 31, 2020. Our Canada subsidiary currently leases 13,951 square feet of 
office space in Ottawa, Canada under a lease that will expire on October 31, 2021, as well as 1,546 square feet of office space 
in Vancouver, Canada under a lease that expires on June 30, 2020. Our Argentina subsidiary currently leases 6,100 square 
feet of office space in Cordoba, Argentina, as well as 1,700 square feet of office space that are both under a lease that will 
expire on February 28, 2018, and 12,300 square feet of office space that expires on September 30, 2022. We believe that our 
current  facilities  are  sufficient  to  meet  our  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future.  For  additional  information  regarding  our 
obligations under property leases, see Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part II, “Item 8, 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

ITEM 3.  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

We are currently a party to the following legal proceedings: 

Netlist, Inc. v. Inphi Corporation, Case No. 09-cv-6900 (C.D. Cal.)  

On  September 22, 2009, Netlist  filed  suit  in  the  United  States  District  Court,  Central District  of  California,  or  the 
Court,  asserting  that  we  infringe  U.S.  Patent  No. 7,532,537.  Netlist  filed  an  amended  complaint  on  December 22,  2009, 
further asserting that we infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, collectively with U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537, the 
patents-in-suit,  and  seeking  both  unspecified  monetary  damages  to  be  determined  and  an  injunction  to  prevent  further 
infringement. These infringement claims allege that our iMB™ and certain other memory module components infringe the 
patents-in-suit. We answered the amended complaint on February 11, 2010 and asserted that we do not infringe the patents-
in-suit and that the patents-in-suit are invalid. In 2010, we filed inter partes requests for reexamination with the United States 
Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”), asserting that the patents-in-suit are invalid. As a result of the proceedings at 
the USPTO, the Court has stayed the litigation, with the parties advising the Court on status every 120 days.  

31 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As to the proceeding at the USPTO, reexamination has been ordered for all of the patents that were alleged to infringe, 
and at present, the USPTO has determined that none of the originally filed claims are valid, with certain amended claims 
being determined patentable. The Reexamination Certificate for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537 was issued on August 2, 2016 
based upon amended claims, and the parties continue to assert their respective positions with respect to the reexamination 
proceedings for U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274. 

While we intend to defend the foregoing USPTO proceedings and lawsuit vigorously, the USPTO proceedings and 
litigation,  whether  or  not  determined  in  our  favor  or  settled,  could  be  costly  and  time-consuming  and  could  divert 
management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business.  

Based on the nature of USPTO proceedings and litigation, we are currently unable to predict the final outcome of this 
lawsuit and therefore, cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss. However, because of the 
nature and inherent uncertainties of litigation, should the outcome of these actions be unfavorable, our business, financial 
condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. 

Other Litigation Matters 

There are possible claims by certain customers of ClariPhy associated with matters occurring prior to the acquisition 
date.  We are currently reviewing whether or not these claims are valid, and we are unable to reasonably estimate the amount 
of any potential liability at this time.  Amounts payable as a result of these claims may be recoverable from the escrow set up 
as part of the ClariPhy acquisition. 

We are not currently a party to any other material litigation. The semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent 
claims  and  litigation,  including  claims  regarding  patent  and  other  intellectual  property  rights  as  well  as  improper  hiring 
practices. We may from time to time become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from our ordinary course of 
business.  These  claims,  even  if  not  meritorious,  could  result  in  the  expenditure  of  significant  financial  and  managerial 
resources. 

ITEM 4.   MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

32 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.     MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IPHI”. The following table sets forth 

the range of high and low sales prices for our common stock in each quarter: 

2017 

Low 

High 

Fourth Quarter ..............................................................................................   $ 
Third Quarter ................................................................................................     
Second Quarter .............................................................................................     
First Quarter .................................................................................................     

35.18    $ 
33.60      
33.00      
41.62      

2016 

Low 

High 

Fourth Quarter ..............................................................................................   $ 
Third Quarter ................................................................................................     
Second Quarter .............................................................................................     
First Quarter .................................................................................................     

35.92    $ 
29.73      
25.89      
22.07      

44.32  
40.99  
49.00  
51.78  

48.46  
44.54  
34.87  
34.61  

As of February 23, 2018, we had approximately 44 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not 

include the number of persons whose shares are in nominee or in “street name” accounts through brokers.  

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of our capital stock. We expect to retain all of our earnings 
to finance the expansion and development of our business and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our 
capital stock in the foreseeable future. Our board of directors will determine future dividends, if any. 

Directors and executive officers have currently and may from time to time in the future, establish pre-set trading plans 

in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans  

Information regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans can be found under 

Part III, “Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”. 

Share Performance Graph  

The following information is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or to the liabilities of Section 
18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the 
Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference 
into such a filing. 

33 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
 
Set forth below is a line graph showing the cumulative total stockholder return (change in stock price plus reinvested 
dividends) assuming the investment of $100 on December 31, 2012 in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and 
PHLX Semiconductor Index for the period commencing on December 31, 2012 and ending on December 31, 2017. The 
comparisons in the table are required by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not intended to forecast or be 
indicative of future performance of our common stock. 

34 

 
  
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following  selected consolidated  financial  data  should  be  read  together  with  Part II,  “Item  7,  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and 
related notes included elsewhere in this report. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the 
selected statements of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 have been derived 
from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 
2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited financial statements not included in this report. Our statements of 
operations  have  been  retrospectively  reclassified  to  present  the  results  of  operations  of  the  memory  product  business  as 
discontinued operations. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: 
Revenue(1) ..........................................................................  $
Cost of revenue(1) (2) (3) ........................................................    
Gross profit ........................................................................    
Operating expenses: 

Research and development(1) (2) (3) ..................................    
Sales and marketing(1) (2) ................................................    
General and administrative(1) (2)  .....................................    
Total operating expenses ....................................    
Income (loss) from operations ...........................................    
Interest expense(4) ...........................................................    
Other income ..................................................................    

Income (loss) before income taxes from continuing 

operations .......................................................................    
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(5) ...............................    
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ...............    
Discontinued operations: ....................................................      
Gain from sale ................................................................    
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ..................    
Provision for income taxes .............................................    
Net income from discontinued operations ..................    
Net income (loss) ...........................................................  $

Earnings per share: 

Basic 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations ...........  $
Net income from discontinued operations ..................    
Basic earnings per share .............................................  $

Diluted 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations ...........  $
Net income from discontinued operations ..................    
Diluted earnings per share ..........................................  $

Weighted-average shares used in computing earnings per 

share: 

Year Ended December 31,  

2017  

2016  

2015  

2014 

2013  

(in thousands, except share and per share data) 

348,201    $
151,698      
196,503      

200,539      
42,381      
23,782      
266,702      
(70,199)    
(29,842)    
3,961      

(96,080)    
(21,176)    
(74,904)    

—      
—      
—      
—      
(74,904)  $

(1.78)  $
—      
(1.78)  $

(1.78)  $
—      
(1.78)  $

266,277   $
85,581     
180,696     

108,013     
26,534     
21,201     
155,748     
24,948     
(17,406)   
3,914     

11,456     
(15,057)   
26,513     

78,544     
(3,802)   
(1,799)   
72,943     
99,456   $

0.65   $
1.80   $
2.45   $

0.60   $
1.65   $
2.25   $

192,710    $
72,694      
120,016      

87,774      
21,462      
20,322      
129,558      
(9,542)    
(783)    
221      

(10,104)    
5,857      
(15,961)    

—      
4,535      
(2,125)    
2,410      
(13,551)  $

(0.41)  $
0.06      
(0.35)  $

(0.41)  $
0.06      
(0.35)  $

96,145    $
44,244      
51,901      

56,508      
15,136      
16,153      
87,797      
(35,896)    
—      
495      

(35,401)    
1,131      
(36,532)    

—      
14,531      
(607)    
13,924      
(22,608)  $

(1.12)  $
0.43      
(0.69)  $

(1.12)  $
0.43      
(0.69)  $

42,951  
14,933  
28,018  

38,248  
10,935  
11,614  
60,797  
(32,779)
—  
876  

(31,903)
1,221  
(33,124)

—  
20,476  
(530)
19,946  
(13,178)

(1.12)
0.67  
(0.45)

(1.12)
0.67  
(0.45)

Basic.......................................................................     42,165,213       40,565,433      38,580,330       32,707,868       29,493,005  
Diluted ...................................................................     42,165,213       44,124,881      38,580,330       32,707,868       29,493,005  

(1)  On October 3, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Cortina, including its high-speed interconnect and optical transport product
lines, for approximately $52.5 million in cash and approximately 5.3 million shares of our common stock. On December 12,
2016, we completed the acquisition of ClariPhy for $303.7 million in cash. The results of operations of Cortina and ClariPhy and 
estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were included in our consolidated financial statements from the
acquisition dates. The acquisitions resulted in a significant change in our statement of operations in 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 
which includes: 

(i)  Charge to cost of goods sold resulting from the step-up inventory acquired from Cortina and ClariPhy; and 
(ii)  Charge to cost of goods sold and operating expenses from amortization of acquired intangibles. 

Footnotes continued on the following page. 

35 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
    
   
    
    
  
  
 
  
     
        
       
        
        
  
     
        
       
        
        
  
        
       
        
        
  
     
        
       
        
        
  
     
        
       
        
        
  
     
        
       
        
        
  
     
        
       
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
2017  

2016  

As of December 31,  
2015  
(in thousands) 

2014 

2013  

163,450    $ 
241,737      
457,062      
917,506      
421,431      
84,674      
411,401      

144,867     $ 
249,476       
433,250       
990,595       
396,857       
131,214       
462,524       

283,044    $ 
43,616      
344,897      
505,046      
171,701      
42,675      
290,670      

30,366     $ 
38,908       
108,623       
278,459       
—       
39,285       
239,174       

31,667  
90,890  
129,013  
182,342  
—  
22,949  
159,393  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:  
Cash and cash equivalents ............................    $ 
Investments in marketable securities ............      
Working capital ............................................      
Total assets ...................................................      
Long-term convertible debt ..........................      
Other liabilities .............................................      
Total stockholders’ equity ............................      

Footnotes continued from the prior page.  

(2)  Stock-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows: 

Operating expenses: 
Cost of revenue ...................................................    $ 
Research and development ..................................      
Sales and marketing ............................................      
General and administrative ..................................      
Discontinued operations ......................................      

Year Ended December 31,  

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014      

2013 

(in thousands) 

2,045    $ 
28,846      
8,340      
5,602      
—      

1,796     $ 
17,390       
4,405       
4,407       
2,194       

1,359    $ 
13,268      
3,213      
5,473      
4,980      

1,154     $ 
9,670       
2,998       
4,701       
3,937       

1,021  
6,177  
2,080  
4,102  
3,598  

(3)  Cost of revenue and research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 included an impairment
charge of $47.0 million as a result of abandonment of a project related to certain developed technology and in-process 
research and development from the ClariPhy acquisition.  

(4)  The interest expense resulted from convertible debts issued in December 2015 and September 2016. 

(5)  The benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016 included the release of valuation allowance against
deferred tax assets as a result of acquisition of ClariPhy. The benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 31,
2017 included revaluation of deferred tax liabilities to the new federal tax rate of 21% and tax benefit from intercompany
transfer of intellectual property rights. 

36 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
       
         
      
  
         
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
        
      
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and this report contain 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When used in this 
report, the terms “may,” “might,” “will,” “objective,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” 
“estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “future,” “strategy,” “likely,” or the negative of these 
terms,  and  similar  expressions  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.  These  statements  include  statements 
regarding our anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate, including the market 
for 25G to 600G high-speed analog semiconductor solutions, demand for our current products, our plans for future products 
and anticipated features and benefits thereof, expansion of our product offerings and enhancements of existing products, 
anticipated  benefits  of  our  acquisition  of  ClariPhy  and  divestiture  of  our  memory  product  business,  critical  accounting 
policies and estimates, our expectations regarding our expenses and revenue, sources of revenue, our tax benefits, the benefits 
of our products and services, our technological capabilities and expertise, timing of the development of our products, our 
liquidity position and sufficiency thereof, including our anticipated cash needs and uses of cash, our operating and capital 
expenditures and requirements and our needs for additional financing and potential consequences thereof, repatriation of 
cash balances from our foreign subsidiaries, our contractual obligations, our anticipated growth and growth strategies, our 
ability  to  retain  and  attract  customers,  particularly  in  light  of  our  dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  customers  for  a 
substantial  portion  of  our  revenue,  competition,  interest  rate  sensitivity,  adequacy  of  our  disclosure  controls,  our  legal 
proceedings and warranty claims. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and 
other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future 
results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these or any other forward-looking statements. These risks 
and  uncertainties  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  those  risks  discussed  below,  as  well  as  factors  affecting  our  results  of 
operations, our ability to manage our growth, our ability to sustain or increase profitability, demand for our solutions, the 
effect  of  declines  in  average  selling  prices  for  our  products,  our  ability  to  compete,  our  ability  to  rapidly  develop  new 
technology  and  introduce  new  products,  our  ability  to  safeguard  our  intellectual  property,  our  ability  to  qualify  for  tax 
holidays and incentives, trends in the semiconductor industry and fluctuations in general economic conditions, and the risks 
set forth throughout this Report, including the risks set forth under Part I, “Item 1A, Risk Factors.” Readers are cautioned 
not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  these  forward-looking  statements,  which  are  based  on  current  expectations  and  reflect 
management's opinions only as of the date hereof. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report. 
We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking 
statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions 
or circumstances on which any such statement is based. 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and 

related notes that are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Overview 

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications and 
datacenter markets. Our analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data 
speeds  while  reducing  system  power  consumption.  Our  semiconductor  solutions  are  designed  to  address  bandwidth 
bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of 
next generation communications and datacenter infrastructures. Our solutions provide a vital high-speed interface between 
analog signals and digital information in high-performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise 
networking  equipment  and  datacenters.  We  provide  25G  to  600G  high-speed  analog  semiconductor  solutions  for  the 
communications market. We have a wide range of products in our portfolio with many products sold in communication and 
datacenter  markets  as  of  December  31,  2017.  We  have  ongoing,  informal  collaborative  discussions  with  industry  and 
technology leaders such as Ciena Corporation, Cisco Systems, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Juniper Networks, Inc., 
Microsoft  Corporation  and  Nokia  Corporation,  to  design  architectures  and  products  that  solve  bandwidth  bottlenecks  in 
existing and next generation communications systems. Although we do not have any formal agreements with these entities, 
we engage in informal discussions with these entities with respect to anticipated technological challenges, next generation 
customer requirements and industry conventions and standards. We help define industry conventions and standards within 
the markets we target by collaborating with technology leaders, OEMs, systems manufacturers and standards bodies. 

37 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
The recent history of our product development and sales and marketing efforts is as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

In  2009,  we  began  development  of  our  low  power  CMOS  SerDes  product  for  next  generation  100G
Ethernet in enterprise networks. 

In  2010,  we  introduced  and  began  to  ship  in  commercial  volume  the  industry’s  first  transimpedance
ampliform for 100G reconfigurable colorless networks, which we identify as product number 2850TA-
SO1D. 

In  2011,  we  shipped  engineering  samples  of  our  Optical  PHY  100  Gb/sec  CMOS  CDR  and  SerDes
Gearbox products. 

In 2012, we started shipping samples of the IN3250TA, our second-generation transimpedance amplifier,
or TIA, for 100G reconfigurable colorless networks. We also introduced the industry’s first quad linear
driver designed for linear transmitters to enable next-generation 100G/400G coherent systems to address
the  need  for  higher  speed  and  higher  performance  networking  infrastructure.  We  also  announced  the
availability of the world’s first production ready 100G CMOS PHY/SerDes Gearbox products for next-
generation data center, enterprise and service provider line cards. 

In 2013, we introduced the second generation 100G CMOS SerDes gearbox integrated circuit, or GB IC, 
for data center, enterprise and service provider line cards. The new GB IC with Tri-rate™ foundation is 
designed to enable seamless support of 10G, 40G and 100G Ethernet and optical transport network on a
single  line  card.  We  also  began  shipping  the  industry’s  first  quad  linear  driver  designed  for  linear
transmitters to enable next-generation 100G/400G coherent systems to address the need for higher speed,
higher performance networking infrastructure. 

In 2014, we completed the acquisition of Cortina Systems Inc. which expands our market share of the
high-speed  optical  and  networking  interconnects.  This  added  more  than  130  products  to  our  portfolio,
including high-speed interconnect and optical transport products. We also started sampling the IN3252TA, 
the  industry’s  first  32  Gbps  dual  high  gain  linear/variable-gain  amplifier.  The  IN3252TA  is  designed
specifically to address the demanding requirements for 100G coherent transmission for the metro market.
We also announced the availability of a new iKON™ family of 100G Clock and Data Recovery Retimer
integrated circuits (IC) targeted at next-generation 2-Terabit line cards. The first product in this series, the
IN112525-LC 100G  CMOS CDR  Retimer  IC,  is designed  to  accelerate  deployment  for higher density 
100G in service center and data center networks. We also announced the availability of IN3216DZ, the
first single chip quad channel linear Mach Zehnder driver in bare die form to address the network needs
for 100G coherent systems in small form factors for the metro market. Specifically designed to be co-
packaged  with  MZ  modulators,  the  IN3216DZ  will  reduce  size  and  cost  of  100G  coherent  systems  to
enable  higher  density  metro  solutions.  We  also  started  sampling  45GBaud  Linear  Coherent  Product
Family, the industry’s first linear ICs enabling 400G coherent solutions for next-generation metro to long 
haul  applications.  The  initial  product  offerings  includes  IN4514SZ,  a  high-performance  octal  linear 
differential  to  single-ended  Mach-Zehnder  Modulator  Driver  and  IN4550TA,  a  quad  linear  TIA/VGA
Amplifier. 

In 2015, we started sampling a new product in our 45GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family, IN4518SZ.
The  IN4518SZ  is  a  quad  linear  differential  to  single-ended  Mach-Zehnder  Modulator  Driver,  pin-
compatible with the linear driver IN3214SZ, for 200G coherent Optical interconnect applications. The
IN4518SZ extends the reach of 200G coherent for long haul applications and enables one set of hardware
to serve multiple segments in the long haul and metro markets. We also announced the availability of the
industry’s  first,  highly  integrated,  lowest  power  4-level  Pulse  Amplitude  Modulation  (PAM4)  chipset
solutions for intra-data center and inter-data center cloud interconnects. The PAM4 chipset solution is a
family of PAM4 PHY ICs for 40G (IN014020-XL), 50G (IN015050-SF), 100G (IN015025-CA), 400G 
(IN015025-CD)  and  a  companion  linear  TIA  (IN2860TA)  to  enable  platform  solutions  for  multi-rate 
PAM4 interconnects. We also started sampling IN3217SZ, a quad linear differential to single-ended Mach-
Zehnder Modulator Driver in a Surface Mount Technology (SMT) package. The new SMT quad linear
driver extends the product portfolio by utilizing cost effective packaging for higher volume 100G/200G
coherent long haul and metro optical interconnect applications. 

• 

In 2016, we completed the acquisition of ClariPhy Communications, Inc. With this acquisition, we expect
to provide a complete coherent platform to our customers in long haul, metro, and datacenter interconnect

38 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
applications. We also introduced ColorZ® reference design, the industry’s first Silicon Photonics 100G
PAM4 platform solution for 80km DWDM Data Center Interconnect in QSFP28 form factor. Utilizing
advanced Pulse Amplitude Modulation signaling, ColorZ® delivers up to 4Tb/s of bandwidth over a single
fiber and allows multiple data centers located up to 80 km of each other to be connected and act like a
single  data  center.  We  further  introduced  a  highly  integrated  Silicon  Photonics  (SiPho)  technology
platform  for  100Gbit/s  data  center  applications.  The  single-chip  SiPho  optics  includes  multi-channel 
modulators,  photodetectors,  multiplexers,  demultiplexers,  optical  power  monitors  and  fiber  coupling
structures  all  integrated  onto  a  single  integrated  circuit.  We  also  announced  the  availability  of  the
industry’s lowest power Clock and Data Recovery Retimer for module applications, IN012525-CQ CMOS 
CDR and 45GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family, the industry’s first linear ICs enabling 400G coherent
solutions  for  next-generation  long  haul,  metro,  and  data  center  applications.  We  also  announced  the
industry’s first 400GbE platform solution for next-generation 400G CFP8 modules. The platform solution
includes  our  PAM4  digital  signal  processing  (DSP)  IC  that  supports  IEEE  P802.3bs  400G/s  Ethernet 
standard  alongside  its  companion  market  leading  linear  TIA  and  linear  drivers  for  client  based  cloud
interconnects.  With  the  introduction  of  these  new  products,  we  are  offering  customers  an  end-to-end 
platform  solution  for  moving  data  faster  within  and  between  data  centers.  We  also  announced  the
production availability of a new product in the 32GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family. The IN3217SZ,
a  quad  linear  Mach-Zehnder  Modulator  Driver  in  a  SMT  package,  extends  the  product  portfolio  by 
utilizing cost effective packaging for the 100G/200G coherent long haul and metro optical interconnect
applications.  We  also  announced  the  sampling  of  IN6450TA,  the  world’s  first  64GBaud  dual  channel
linear  TIA/VGA  amplifier.  The  IN6450TA  supports  data  rates  of  400Gbps  to  600Gbps  on  a  single
wavelength for long haul, metro, and data center interconnect networks using coherent technology. 

In 2017, we started sampling IN6417SZ, the industry’s first 64GBaud quad linear differential to single-
ended Mach-Zehnder Modulator Driver in 14x9 mm Surface Mount Technology (SMT) package. This
new 64GBaud SMT quad linear driver extends our 64G product portfolio for next-generation 400G/600G 
coherent, long haul, and metro optical interconnect applications. We introduced Polaris™, the industry’s
first  16nm  CMOS  4-level  Pulse  Amplitude  Modulation  (PAM4)  platform  solution  for  next-generation 
cloud deployments. The Polaris platform includes our highly integrated, lowest power PAM4 digital signal
processing IC alongside its companion market leading, low power linear driver and TIA for data center
connectivity. We announced the commercial availability and production ramp of ColorZ®, the industry’s
first  Silicon  Photonics  100G  PAM4  platform  solution  for  80km  DWDM  Data  Center  Interconnect  in 
QSFP28  form  factor,  and  our  IN6450TA,  the  world’s  first  64GBaud  dual  channel  linear  TIA/VGA
amplifier. We also announced the new Vega™ family of low power 50/100/200/400G PAM4 Gearbox
and Retimer Digital Signal Processor (DSP)s for system line cards. Leveraging our DSP-based PAM4, the 
new  Gearbox  and  Retimer  DSPs  expand  bandwidth  capacity  of  next  generation  networks,  delivering
accelerated  connectivity  for  wired  network  infrastructure  at  cloud-scale  data  centers,  enterprise,  and
service  providers.  We  also  started  sampling  our  M200,  an  ultra-low  power,  and  high-performance 
Coherent DSP, supporting 100G and 200G data rates for long haul, metro and data center interconnect
applications. We announced the expansion of our ColorZ® portfolio with ColorZ-Lite™, 100G DWDM 
in QSFP28 form factor for campus and data center interconnects. The addition of ColorZ-Lite™ offers 
campus and data centers a cost optimized solution for shorter distances up to 20 km. We also expanded
our 16nm  Polaris™  PAM4 DSP portfolio for  next generation 50G-400G  cloud deployments.  The new
Polaris™  PAM4  DSP  now  includes  products  supporting  an  integrated  driver  to  address  the  growing
demands for lower power and reduced cost solutions over short reach data center optical connectivity. 

• 

Our products are designed into systems sold by OEMs, including Ciena, Cisco, Huawei, Juniper, Microsoft and Nokia. 
We believe we are one of a limited number of suppliers to these OEMs for the types of products we sell, and in some cases 
we may be the sole supplier for certain applications. We sell both directly to these OEMs and to module manufacturers, 
original design manufacturers, or ODMs, and subsystems providers that, in turn, sell to these OEMs. During the year ended 
December 31,  2017,  we  sold  our  products  to  more  than  100  customers.  A  significant  portion  of  our  revenue  has  been 
generated by a limited number of customers. We believe that sales to Microsoft, Huawei, and Cisco, directly and indirectly, 
through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 17%, 14%, and 11% of our total revenue, respectively, in the year ended 
December 31, 2017. In the year ended December 31, 2016, we believe that sales to Huawei and Cisco, directly and indirectly, 
through  subcontractors,  accounted  for  approximately  16%  and  12%  of  our  total  revenue,  respectively.  In  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015, we believe that sales to Huawei and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through subcontractors, accounted 
for approximately 11% and 17% of our total revenue, respectively. Substantially all of our sales to date, including our sales 
to Microsoft, Huawei and Cisco, are made on a purchase order basis. Since the beginning of 2006, we have shipped more 
than 50 million high-speed analog semiconductors. Our total revenue increased to $348.2 million, $266.3 million and $192.7 
million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The increase in our revenue was primarily a 

39 

 
 
  
  
result of the increase in consumption of our ColorZ®, ClariPhy products and Cortina legacy components due to announced 
end of life programs. 

Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 62%, 70% and 62% of our total revenue in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 
Because many of our customers or their OEM manufacturers are located in Asia, we anticipate that a majority of our future 
revenue will continue to come from sales to that region. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in 
Asia, we believe that a significant number of the systems designed by these customers are then sold to end-users outside 
Asia. 

In April 2010, we received approval from the government of Singapore to set up an international headquarters from 
which  to  conduct  our  international  operations.  Because  of  its  geographic  alignment  with  suppliers  and  customers,  we 
established our operations in Singapore to become a new international headquarters office for receiving and fulfilling orders 
for product shipped to locations outside the United States. Singapore has a strong university system and an established group 
of technology-based companies from which to recruit new engineers. We intend to build a team of engineering capability in 
Singapore  both  for  development  as  well  as  testing  associated  with  manufacturing.  International  operations  in  Singapore 
commenced on May 1, 2010 and during 2010, we transitioned our international operations from the United States to our 
Singapore subsidiary. 

Demand for new features changes rapidly. It is difficult for us to forecast the demand for our products, in part because 
of the complex supply chain between us and the end-user markets that incorporate our products. Due to our lengthy product 
development cycle, it is critical for us to anticipate changes in demand for our various product features and the applications 
they serve to allow sufficient time for product development and design. Our failure to accurately forecast demand can lead 
to product shortages that can impede production by our customers and harm our customer relationships. Conversely, our 
failure to forecast declining demand or shifts in product mix can result in excess or obsolete inventory. 

Although revenue generated by each design win and the timing of the recognition of that revenue can vary significantly, 
we consider ongoing design wins to be a key factor in our future success. We consider a design win to occur when an OEM 
or  contract  manufacturer  notifies  us  that  it  has  selected  our  products  to  be  incorporated  into  a  product  or  system  under 
development. The design win process is typically lengthy, and as a result, our sales cycles will vary based on the market 
served,  whether  the  design  win  is  with  an  existing  or  new  customer  and  whether  our  product  is  under  consideration  for 
inclusion in a first or subsequent generation product. In addition, our customers’ products that incorporate our semiconductors 
can be complex and can require a substantial amount of time to define, design and produce in volume. As a result, we can 
incur significant design and development expenditures in circumstances where we do not ultimately recognize, or experience 
delays in recognizing revenue. Our customers generally order our products on a purchase order basis. We do not have any 
long-term purchase commitments (in excess of one year) from any of our customers. Once our product is incorporated into a 
customer’s design, however, we believe that our product is likely to continue to be purchased for that design throughout that 
product’s life cycle because of the time and expense associated with redesigning the product or substituting an alternative 
semiconductor. Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years. Product life 
cycles in the markets we serve typically range from five to 10 years or more and vary by application. 

Summary of Consolidated Financial Results 

As discussed in more detail below, for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 
2016, we delivered the following financial performance. The financial results for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 
2016, include the results of operations of ClariPhy from the acquisition date and the effect of purchase price accounting. 

●  Total revenue increased by $81.9 million, or 31% to $348.2 million. 
●  Gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased from 68% to 56%. 
●  Total operating expenses increased by $111.0 million, or 71% to $266.7 million. 
●  Loss from operations increased by $95.1 million to $70.2 million. 
●  Benefit for income taxes was $21.2 million in 2017, compared to $15.1 million in 2016. 
●  Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations decreased by $2.38 to ($1.78). 
●  During the year ended December 31, 2017, we abandoned a project related to certain developed technology and
in-process research and development that resulted to an impairment charge of $47.0 million. The abandonment
of the project was primarily related to change in product roadmap following the acquisition of ClariPhy. 
●  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  we  recorded  a  tax  benefit  of  $21.2  million  which  includes  the
revaluation  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  to  the  new  federal  tax  rate  of  21%  and  the  tax  effect  of  intercompany
transfer of intellectual property rights. 

40 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The increase in our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was a result of increase in consumption of our 

ColorZ®, ClariPhy products and Cortina legacy components due to announced end of life programs. 

The decrease in gross margin was mainly due to amortization of inventory fair value step-up of acquired inventories, 
amortization and impairment of acquired intangibles related to the ClariPhy acquisition and change in product mix for the 
year ended December 31, 2017. 

Total  operating  expenses  increased  due  primarily  to  an  impairment  of in-process research  and development  cost of 
$36.8 million, and increase in headcount and stock-based compensation expense primarily from increase in headcount. Our 
expenses  mainly  consist  of  personnel  costs,  which  include  compensation,  benefits,  payroll  related  taxes  and  stock-based 
compensation. From December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017, our headcount increased by 49 new employees, mostly in 
the engineering department. In addition, the acquisition of ClariPhy added 144 employees. We expect expenses to continue 
to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest resources to develop more products, to support the growth of our 
business.  Our  diluted  earnings  per  share  from  continuing  operations  decreased  primarily  due  to  increases  in  operating 
expenses and interest expense from convertible debt issued in September 2016, partially offset by an increase in revenue. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, 
or GAAP. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make assumptions 
and  estimates  about  future  events,  and  apply  judgments  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenue, 
expenses and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current 
trends  and  other  factors  that  management  believes  to  be  relevant  at  the  time  our  consolidated  financial  statements  are 
prepared. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our 
consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and 
their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such 
differences could be material. 

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. We 
believe that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported 
financial  results,  and  they  require  our  most  difficult,  subjective  or  complex  judgments,  resulting  from  the  need  to  make 
estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and 
related disclosures with our audit committee. 

Revenue Recognition 

Our products are fully functional at the time of shipment and do not require additional production, modification or 
customization. We recognize revenue from product sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has 
occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. Our fee is considered fixed or determinable at 
the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices, which is evidenced 
by a customer purchase order or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement. Our agreements with non-distributor customers 
do  not  include  rights  of  return  or  acceptance  provisions.  Product  revenue  is  recognized  upon  shipment  of  product  to 
customers, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances, which to date, have not been significant. 

Approximately 18% of our sales were made through third-party distributors in 2017. Sales to distributors are included 
in deferred revenue and we include the related costs in inventory until sales and delivery to the end customers occurs. Certain 
distributors  may  receive  a  credit  for  the  price  discounts  associated  with  the  distributors'  customers  that  purchased  those 
products. We estimate the extent of these distributor price discounts at each reporting period to reduce accounts receivable 
and deferred revenue, but we do not issue these discounts to the distributor until the inventory is sold to the distributors' 
customers. Revenue recognition on product sales through distributors is highly dependent on receiving pertinent and accurate 
data from our distributors in a timely fashion. Distributors provide us periodic data prior to the release of our consolidated 
financial statements regarding the product, price, quantity and end customer when products are resold, as well as the quantities 
of our products they still have in stock. 

We recognize revenue from the sales and licensing of certain intellectual properties when the following fundamental 
criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the sales price is fixed or 
determinable, and (iv) collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured. 

We monitor collectability of accounts receivable primarily through review of the accounts receivable aging. Our policy 
is to record an allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific collection issues we have identified, aging of underlying 

41 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
receivables and historical experience of uncollectible balances. As of both December 31, 2017 and 2016, our allowance for 
doubtful accounts was $155,000. 

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record the allowance for doubtful 
accounts during the past three years. If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions and estimates used, for example, 
if the financial condition of the customer deteriorated, we may be required to record additional expense that could materially 
negatively impact our operating results. To date, however, substantially all of our receivables have been collected within the 
following quarter. 

Inventory Valuation 

We value our inventory, which includes materials, labor and overhead, at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed 
using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. We periodically write-down our inventory 
to the lower of cost or market based on our estimates that consider historical usage and future demand. These factors are 
impacted  by  market  and  economic  conditions,  technology  changes,  new  product  introductions  and  changes  in  strategic 
direction.  The  calculation  of  our  inventory  valuation  requires  management  to  make  assumptions  and  to  apply  judgment 
regarding forecasted customer demand and technological obsolescence that may turn out to be inaccurate. Inventory valuation 
reserves were $3,133,000 and $3,967,000 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Inventory valuation reserves, 
once established, are not reversed until the related inventory has been sold or scrapped. 

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record inventory reserves during the 
past three years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates 
or  assumptions  that  we  use  to  calculate  our  inventory  reserve.  However,  if  estimates  regarding  customer  demand  are 
inaccurate or changes in technology affect demand for certain products in an unforeseen manner, we may be exposed to 
losses or gains that could be material. 

Product Warranty 

Our products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one or two 
years. We accrue for estimated warranty cost at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and actual historical 
warranty claims experience including knowledge of specific product failures that are outside of our typical experience. The 
warranty obligation is determined based on product failure rates, cost of replacement and failure analysis cost. We monitor 
product returns for warranty-related matters and monitor both a specific and general accrual for the related warranty expense 
based on specific circumstances and general historical experience. Our warranty obligation requires management to make 
assumptions regarding failure rates and failure analysis costs. If actual warranty costs differ significantly from these estimates, 
adjustments  may  be  required  in  the  future,  which  would  adversely  affect  our  gross  margins  and  operating  results.  The 
warranty liability as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $110,000. 

Business combinations 

We use the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations and recognize assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed measured at their fair values on the date acquired. This requires us to recognize separately from goodwill the assets 
acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as 
the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities 
assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the 
acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to 
refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may 
adjust  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  with  the  corresponding  offset  to  goodwill.  Upon  the  conclusion  of  the 
measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any 
subsequent adjustments are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. 

Accounting  for  business  combinations  requires  our  management  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions, 
especially  at  the  acquisition  date,  including  our  estimates  for  intangible  assets,  contractual  obligations  assumed  and  pre-
acquisition contingencies, where applicable. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past 
have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based, in part, on historical experience and information obtained from the 
management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible 
assets we have acquired include, but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from product sales, customer contracts 
and acquired technologies, expected costs to develop in-process research and development into commercially viable products, 
estimated cash flows from the projects when completed, and discount rates. Unanticipated events and circumstances may 
occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. 

42 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets 

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair 
value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. We evaluate goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter or 
more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist. Significant management judgment is required in performing 
periodic  impairment  tests.  To  review  for  impairment,  we  first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  events  or 
circumstances lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting unit is less than 
its carrying amount. Our qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill, whether performed annually or based on 
specific events or circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. Those 
factors include: (i) severe adverse industry or economic trends; (ii) significant company-specific actions, including exiting 
an activity in conjunction with restructuring of operations; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of our financial 
performance; or (iv) a sustained decrease in our market capitalization below our net book value. After assessing the totality 
of events and circumstances, if we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting unit 
is less than its carrying amount, no further assessment is performed. If however, we determine that it is more likely than not 
that the fair value of any of our reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we calculate the fair value of that reporting 
unit and compare the fair value to the reporting unit’s net book value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill may 
require  valuations  of  certain  internally  generated  and  unrecognized  intangible  assets  such  as  our  technology,  customer 
relationships, patents and trademarks. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an 
impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future 
impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur 
additional impairment charges. 

We assess the impairment of long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment and intangible assets, 
including purchased in-process research and development, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such 
assets might be impaired and the carrying value may not be recoverable. Events or changes in circumstances that may indicate 
that an asset is impaired include significant decreases in the market value of an asset, significant underperformance relative 
to expected historical or projected future results of operations, a change in the extent or manner in which an asset is utilized, 
significant declines in the estimated fair value of the overall Company for a sustained period, shifts in technology, loss of 
key management or personnel, changes in the Company’s operating model or strategy and competitive forces. If events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and the expected undiscounted 
future cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess 
of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated 
expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved, quoted market prices or appraised 
values, depending on the nature of the assets. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives are 
complex and often subjective. 

The  acquisition  of  ClariPhy  on  December  12,  2016  increased  our  goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  by 
$96,637,000 and $235,898,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we abandoned a project related to 
certain developed technology and in-process research and development that resulted to an impairment charge of $47,014,000. 
The abandonment of the project was primarily related to change in product roadmap following the acquisition of ClariPhy. 
See Note 2 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. There was no evidence of additional impairment based on 
the annual impairment testing for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with authoritative guidance which requires the measurement 
and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the 
grant date fair values of the awards. The fair value of stock option awards is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model. The fair value of restricted stock units is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. 
The performance-based stock units are subject to the achievement of a pre-established revenue goal and earnings per share 
on a non-GAAP basis.  Once the goals are met, the performance-based stock units are subject to four years of vesting from 
the original grant date, contingent upon continuous service.  The fair value of the performance-based stock units is calculated 
using the same method as our standard restricted stock units described above once the performance goals are met. The value 
of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in our consolidated 
statements  of operations. We  elected  to treat  share-based payment  awards  with  graded vesting  schedules  and  time-based 
service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis (net of estimated 
forfeitures) over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expenses are classified in the consolidated statement 
of operations based on the department to which the related employee reports. 

43 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
We account for stock options issued to non-employees in accordance with the guidance for equity-based payments to 
non-employees. Stock option awards to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model. Our management believes that the fair value of stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the 
services received. The fair value of the unvested portion of the options granted to non-employees is re-measured each period. 
The resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered. 

The  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  requires  management  to  make  assumptions  and  to  apply  judgment  in 
determining the fair value of our awards. The most significant assumptions and judgments include estimating the fair value 
of underlying stock, expected volatility and expected term. In addition, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense 
is impacted by estimated forfeiture rates. 

Historically, we granted stock options to employees. We estimated the expected volatility from the historical volatilities 
of  several  unrelated  public  companies  within  the  semiconductor  industry  because  our  common  stock  has  limited  trading 
history. When selecting the public companies used in the volatility calculation, we selected companies in the semiconductor 
industry  with  comparable  characteristics  to  us,  including  stage  of  development,  lines  of  business,  market  capitalization, 
revenue and financial leverage. The weighted average expected life of options was calculated using the simplified method. 
This decision was based on the lack of relevant historical data due to our limited experience and the lack of active market for 
our common stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for periods 
corresponding to the expected term of the options. The expected dividend rate is zero based on the fact that we have not 
historically  paid  dividends  and  have  no  intention  to  pay  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.  The  forfeiture  rate  is 
established based on the historical average period of time that options were outstanding and adjusted for expected changes 
in future exercise patterns. 

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be material changes in the estimates and assumptions 
we use to determine stock-based compensation expense. In the future, if we determine that other valuation models are more 
reasonable, the stock-based compensation expense that we record in the future may differ significantly from what we have 
recorded using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 

Income Taxes 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of 
assets  and  liabilities,  and  are  measured  using  the  enacted  tax  rates  and  laws  that  will  be  in  effect  when  and  where  the 
differences are expected to reverse. We recognize the deferred income tax effects of a change in tax rates in the period of 
enactment. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that we believe is more likely than 
not to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all positive and negative evidence, including 
scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, historical levels of income, projections of future income, expectations and risk 
associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and practical tax planning strategies. To the extent 
that we believe it is more likely than not that some portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized, we would increase 
the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The determination of recording or releasing a tax valuation allowance is 
made, in part, pursuant to an assessment performed by management regarding the likelihood that we will generate sufficient 
future taxable income against which the benefits of our deferred tax assets may or may not be realized. This assessment 
requires management to exercise significant judgment and make estimates with respect to our ability to generate revenue, 
gross  profits,  operating  income  and  taxable  income  in  future  periods.  Among  other  factors,  management  must  make 
assumptions regarding current and projected overall business and semiconductor industry conditions, operating efficiencies, 
our  ability  to  timely  develop,  introduce  and  consistently  manufacture  new  products  to  meet  our  customers’  needs  and 
specifications, our ability to adapt to technological changes and the competitive environment, which may impact our ability 
to generate taxable income and, in turn, realize the value of our deferred tax assets. Although we believe that the judgment 
we used is reasonable, actual results can differ due to a change in market conditions, changes in tax laws and other factors. 

We have valuation allowance against deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The 
valuation allowance was established due to negative evidence that included our cumulative losses in the U.S. and various 
foreign subsidiaries, after considering permanent tax differences. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we released a 
portion of the federal valuation allowance against deferred tax assets as a result of the consolidation of our deferred tax assets 
with  ClariPhy’s  deferred  tax  liabilities.  We  also  released  the  entire  Singapore  valuation  allowance  as  a  result  of  the  full 
utilization of the Singapore deferred tax asset during the year primarily due to the gain from the sale of the memory product 
business, yielding a deferred tax liability as of December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we released 
a portion of the federal and state valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets that were deemed more likely than 
not to be realized. The valuation allowance release resulted in the recognition of an income tax benefit. 

44 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
In accordance with FASB’s guidance on Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, we perform a comprehensive 
review of uncertain tax positions regularly. The guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for 
the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. We 
determine the tax liability for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to determine whether it is 
more likely than not based on technical  merits that each income tax position would be sustained upon examination. The 
second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate  settlement  with  a  tax  authority  that  has  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information.  The  assessment  of  each  tax 
position  requires  significant  judgment  and  estimates.  We  believe  our  tax  return  positions  are  fully  supported,  but  tax 
authorities could challenge certain positions, which may not be fully sustained. All tax positions are periodically analyzed 
and  adjusted  as  a  result  of  events,  such  as  the  resolution  of  tax  audits,  issuance  of  new  regulations  or  new  case  law, 
negotiations with tax authorities, and expiration of statutes of limitations. 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Reform Act was signed into law. The Tax Reform Act contains significant changes to 
U.S. federal corporate income taxation, including a reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 
2018, a one-time transition tax on deemed mandatory repatriation of accumulated earnings and profits of foreign subsidiaries 
in conjunction with the elimination of U.S. tax on dividend distributions from foreign subsidiaries, and a temporary 100% 
first-year depreciation deduction for certain capital investments. The effect of the tax law changes must be recognized in the 
period of enactment. As a result of the change in tax rate, our deferred tax assets and liabilities are required to be remeasured 
to reflect their value at a lower tax rate of 21%. In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, 
Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (SAB 118), which allows us to record provisional amounts 
during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. We are in the process of completing the 
evaluation of the Tax Reform Act on our business and financial condition. We have made reasonable estimates of the effects 
of the tax law changes, including the remeasurement of our existing deferred tax balances and mandatory repatriation of 
deferred  foreign  earnings.  The  final  impact  of  the  Tax  Reform  Act  may  differ  from  the  provisional  estimate  due  to 
forthcoming guidance in interpretation of the law and accounting, or further refinement of our analysis. 

Results of Operations and Key Operating Metrics 

The  following  describes  the line  items  in  the  statements  of operations, which  we  consider  to be our  key  operating 

metrics. 

Revenue. We generate revenue from sales of our semiconductor products to end customers. A portion of our products 

is sold indirectly to customers through distributors. 

We design and develop high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications and datacenter markets. 
Our revenue is driven by various trends in these markets. These trends include the deployment and broader market adoption 
of next generation 400G technologies in communications and enterprise networks and the timing of next generation network. 

Our revenue is also impacted by changes in the number and average selling prices of our semiconductor products. Our 
products are typically characterized by a life cycle that begins with higher average selling prices and lower volumes, followed 
by broader market adoption, higher volumes, and average selling prices that are lower than initial levels. 

We operate in industries characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry standards as well as technological 
obsolescence. Our revenue growth is dependent on our ability to continually develop and introduce new products to meet the 
changing technology and performance requirements of our customers, diversify our revenue base and generate new revenue 
to replace, or build upon, the success of previously introduced products which may be rapidly maturing. As a result, our 
revenue is impacted to a more significant extent by product life cycles for a variety of products and to a much lesser extent, 
if any, by any single product. We introduced ColorZ® in 2016 and began to ship in commercial volume in 2017. Sales of 
ColorZ® comprised 17% of our total revenue in 2017. In 2012, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume a 
dual, differential input linear transimpedance/variable-gain amplifier that we identify as product number IN3250TA-SO2D. 
Sales of IN3250TA-SO2D product comprised 10%, 25% and 18% of our total revenue in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

45 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table is based on the geographic location to which our product is initially shipped. In most cases this 
will differ from the ultimate location of the end-user of a product containing our technology. For sales to our distributors, 
their geographic location may be different from the geographic locations of the ultimate end customer. Sales by geography 
for the periods indicated were: 

2017 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 
(in thousands) 

2015 

China .....................................................................................   $ 
United States .........................................................................     
Japan......................................................................................     
Thailand ................................................................................     
Other......................................................................................     
  $ 

114,168    $ 
92,620      
29,061      
45,205      
67,147      
348,201    $ 

103,071     $ 
29,976       
36,308       
35,837       
61,085       
266,277     $ 

61,448  
34,605  
24,410  
25,123  
47,124  
192,710  

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue includes cost of materials such as wafers processed by third-party foundries, costs 
associated with packaging and assembly, testing and shipping, cost of personnel, including stock-based compensation, as 
well  as  equipment  associated with  manufacturing  support,  logistics  and  quality  assurance, warranty  costs, write-down of 
inventories, amortization of production mask costs, amortization and impairment of developed technology, amortization of 
step-up values of inventory, overhead and other indirect costs, such as allocated occupancy and information technology, or 
IT, costs. 

As some semiconductor products mature and unit volumes increase, their average selling prices may decline. These 
declines are often paired with improvements in manufacturing yields and lower wafer, assembly and test costs, which offset 
some of the margin reduction that results from lower prices. However, our gross profit, period over period, may fluctuate as 
a result of changes in average selling prices due to new product introductions or existing product transitions into larger scale 
commercial volumes, manufacturing costs as well as our product and customer mix. 

Research  and  development.  Research  and  development  expense  includes  personnel-related  expenses,  including 
salaries, stock-based compensation and employee benefits. It also includes pre-production engineering mask costs, software 
license expenses, prototype wafer, packaging and test costs, design and development costs, testing and evaluation costs, third-
party fees paid to consultants, depreciation expense, impairment of in-process research and development, allocated facilities 
costs  and  other  indirect  costs.  All  research  and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  We  enter  into  development 
agreements with some of our customers. Recoveries from nonrecurring engineering services related to early stage technology 
are recorded as an offset to product development expense incurred in support of this effort and serve as a mechanism to 
partially recover development expenditures. These reimbursements are recognized upon completion and acceptance by the 
customer of contract deliverables or milestones. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars 
as we continue to invest resources to develop more products and enhance our existing product portfolio. 

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee 
benefits, travel, promotions, trade shows, marketing and customer support, commission payments to employees, depreciation 
expense and other indirect costs. We expect sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars to support the growth 
of our business and promote our products to current and potential customers. 

General  and  administrative.  General  and  administrative  expense  consists  primarily  of  salaries,  stock-based 
compensation,  employee  benefits  and  expenses  for  executive  management,  legal,  and  finance.  In  addition,  general  and 
administrative expenses include fees for professional services and other indirect costs. We expect general and administrative 
expense to increase in absolute dollars due to the general growth of our business and the costs associated with continuing to 
be a public company for, among other things, SEC reporting and compliance, director fees, insurance, transfer agent fees and 
similar expenses. 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a provision for income taxes 
of $5.9 million, which reflects an effective tax rate of (58%). The effective tax rate of (58%) differs from the statutory rate 
of 34% primarily due to increase in valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in 
profitability, unrecognized tax benefits, stock-based compensation adjustment, taxation of Subpart F income, and recognition 
of research and development credits. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded an income tax benefit of $15.1 
million, which reflects an effective tax rate of (131%). The effective tax rate of (131%) differs from the statutory rate of 34% 
primarily due to change in valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in profitability, 
unrecognized tax benefits, stock-based compensation adjustments, transaction cost adjustments and recognition of research 

46 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and development credits. The change in valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2016, included an income 
tax benefit of $17.8 million from the partial release of federal valuation allowance and full release of Singapore valuation 
allowance. The partial release of the federal valuation allowance against deferred tax assets resulted from the consolidation 
of the Company’s federal deferred tax assets with ClariPhy’s federal deferred tax liabilities. The full release of the Singapore 
valuation allowance against deferred tax assets resulted from the Company’s full utilization of its deferred tax asset during 
the year primarily due to the gain from the sale of the memory product business. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we 
recorded an income tax benefit of $21.2 million, which reflects an effective tax rate of 22%. The effective tax rate of 22% 
differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to the effects of the Tax Reform Act that was enacted on December 22, 
2017,  change  in  valuation  allowance,  foreign  income  taxes  provided  at  lower  rates,  geographic  mix  in  profitability, 
unrecognized tax benefits, stock-based compensation adjustments, and recognition of research and development credits. The 
change in valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2017, included an income tax benefit of $1.1 million 
from the partial release of valuation allowance against certain federal and state deferred tax assets that were deemed more 
likely than not to be realized. 

The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of operations for the periods indicated: 

2017 

Year Ended December 31,  
2016 
(in thousands) 

2015 

Revenue .............................................................................  $ 
Cost of revenue ..................................................................    
Gross profit ........................................................................    
Operating expenses: 

Research and development ..........................................    
Sales and marketing .....................................................    
General and administrative ..........................................    
Total operating expenses ...................................................    
Income (loss) from operations ...........................................    
Interest expense .................................................................    
Other income .....................................................................    
Income (loss) before income taxes from continuing 

operations .....................................................................    
Provision (benefit) for income taxes .................................    
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ..................    
Discontinued operations: 

Gain from sale ..........................................................    
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ............    
Provision for income taxes .......................................    
Net income from discontinued operations .........................    
Net income (loss) .................................................  $ 

348,201    $ 
151,698      
196,503      

200,539      
42,381      
23,782      
266,702      
(70,199)     
(29,842)     
3,961      

(96,080)     
(21,176)     
(74,904)     

—      
—      
—      
—      
(74,904)   $ 

266,277    $ 
85,581      
180,696      

108,013      
26,534      
21,201      
155,748      
24,948      
(17,406)     
3,914      

11,456      
(15,057)     
26,513      

78,544      
(3,802)     
(1,799)     
72,943      
99,456    $ 

192,710  
72,694  
120,016  

87,774  
21,462  
20,322  
129,558  
(9,542) 
(783) 
221  

(10,104) 
5,857  
(15,961) 

—  
4,535  
(2,125) 
2,410  
(13,551) 

47 

 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
        
  
    
  
      
  
        
  
 
 
 
The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of operations as a percentage of each line item to the revenue: 

2017  

Year Ended December 31,  
2016  

2015  

Revenue ............................................................................     
Cost of revenue .................................................................     
Gross profit .......................................................................     
Operating expenses: 

Research and development ...........................     
Sales and marketing .....................................     
General and administrative ...........................     
Total operating expenses ..................................................     
Income (loss) from operations ..........................................     
Interest expense ................................................................     
Other income ....................................................................     
Income (loss) before income taxes from continuing 

operations ....................................................................     
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ................................     
Net income (loss) from continuing operations .................     
Discontinued operations: 

Gain from sale ..................................................     
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ....     
Provision for income taxes ..............................     
Net income from discontinued operations ........................     
Net income (loss) .........................................     

100%      

44  
56  

57  
12  
7  
76  
(20) 
(9) 
1  

(28) 
(6) 
(22) 

—  
—  
—  
—  
(22)%     

 Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 

Revenue 

100 %     
32        
68        

40        
10        
8        
58        
10        
(7 )      
1        

4        
(6 )      
10        

29        
(1 )      
(1 )      
27        
37 %     

100 % 
38   
62   

45   
11   
11   
67   
(5 ) 
—   
—   

(5 ) 
3   
(8 ) 

—   
2   
(1 ) 
1   
(7 )% 

   Year Ended December 31, 
     2015  
     2016  
   2017  

Change 

2017 

     Amount 

     % 

      Amount 

2016 
     % 

Total revenue ..........   $  348,201    $  266,277    $  192,710    $ 

(dollars in thousands) 
81,924      

31%   $ 

73,567       

38% 

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $81.9 million mainly due to increase in the number 
of units sold by 69%, partially offset by a decrease in average selling price (ASP) of 22%. The sales volumes were up in 
particular due to announced end of life programs on the legacy components. The ASP decreased by 22% primarily due to 
product mix. Legacy products contributed to the significant decline in ASP because of larger shipments to customers due to 
end of life programs we initiated in 2017. In addition, revenue from high-priced products such as quad linear driver and 
optical PHY products decreased. Excluding legacy and ClariPhy products, the ASP of other products generally increased due 
to product mix, mainly due to ColorZ®. 

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $73.6 million due to a year over year increase in 
ASP of 12% and an increase in the number of units sold of 23%. The increases in ASP and number of units sold was due to 
product mix, mainly from the sale of dual linear TIA, quad linear driver products and Optical PHY products, including new 
product introductions. 

48 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
    
      
  
      
         
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
  
      
         
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit 

Year Ended December 31,  

2017 

2016 

  2017       

2016 

2015  

     Amount 

   % 

     Amount 

   % 

Change 

85,581     $ 
Cost of revenue .....................  $ 151,698    $ 
Gross profit ...........................    196,503       180,696       
Gross profit as a percentage 

(dollars in thousands) 
66,117    
15,807    

72,694    $ 
120,016      

77% $ 
9%   

12,887    
60,680    

18%
51%

of revenue..........................    

56%    

68 %   

62%   

—    

(12%)     

—    

6%

Cost of revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $66.1 million and $15.8 million, 
respectively, compared to the prior year primarily due to increase in revenue from sales of ColorZ®, ClariPhy products and 
Cortina legacy components. In addition, we recorded an impairment charge of $10.2 million of certain developed technology 
from the ClariPhy acquisition during 2017. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased, due to impairment charge of 
$10.2 million of certain developed technology, increase in amortization of inventory fair value step-up related to acquired 
ClariPhy inventories sold in 2017 of $8.4 million, increase in amortization of acquired ClariPhy intangible assets of $16.3 
million and product mix. 

Cost of revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $12.9 million and $60.7 million, 
respectively, compared to the prior year primarily due to increased sales and mix of our higher margin products, including 
dual linear TIA, quad linear driver products and Optical PHY products. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased due 
to sale of high margin products and higher product cost in 2015 as a result of inventory fair value step-up related to the 
acquired Cortina inventories sold in 2015. 

Research and Development 

  Year Ended December 31, 
     2016 

2017 

     2015       Amount      % 
(dollars in thousands) 

Change 

2017 

2016 

     Amount      % 

Research and development ...................  $ 200,539    $108,013    $  87,774    $  92,526       

86%  $  20,239      

23 %

Research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $92.5 million primarily due 
to an increase in research and development headcount, salaries and equity awards, which resulted in increase in personnel 
costs and stock-based compensation expense by $15.8 million and $11.5 million, respectively. During 2017, we abandoned 
a project related to in-process research and development costs, which resulted in an impairment charge of $36.8 million. 
CAD software tool license expense increased by $9.3 million due to an increase in headcount and engineering activities. 
Testing, laboratory supplies, packaging and pre-production engineering mask costs increased by $2.6 million. Depreciation, 
consulting and allocated expenses increased by $14.3 million due to an increase in equipment and research and development 
activities. The increase in research and development expense was primarily driven by the acquisition of ClariPhy and our 
strategy to continue to expand our product offerings and enhance our existing product offerings. 

Research  and  development  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  increased  by  $20.2  million  due  to  the 
increase in personnel costs and stock-based compensation expense of $5.5 million and $4.1 million, respectively, which in 
turn was also partially due to an increase in research and development headcount in 2016. In addition, CAD software tool 
license expense increased by $2.3 million, primarily due to an increase in headcount and engineering activities. Further, the 
reimbursement from customers related to research and development contracts was higher by $8.3 million in 2015 due to 
completion of development contracts entered with the customers. Depreciation and allocated expenses also increased by $3.5 
million, primarily, due to an increase in equipment and research and development activities. The increases were partially 
offset by the absence of an impairment charge related to abandoned in-process research and development costs of $1.8 million 
in 2015. The increase in research and development expense was primarily driven by our strategy to continue to expand our 
product offerings and enhance our existing products. 

49 

 
  
  
   
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
 
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
    
     
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Sales and Marketing 

   Year Ended December 31, 
     2015 
     2016 
   2017 

2017 

2016 

    Amount      % 
(dollars in thousands) 

     Amount      % 

Change  

Sales and marketing .........................   $ 42,381    $ 26,534    $ 21,462     $  15,847       

60%  $  5,072      

24%

Sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $15.8 million, primarily due to an 
increase  in  personnel  costs,  including  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $7.1  million  due  in  part  to  the  addition  of 
ClariPhy  employees  and  to  support  increasing  sales  activities  from  new  products.  In  addition,  amortization  of  intangible 
assets related to the ClariPhy acquisition increased by $8.5 million. 

Sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $5.1 million, primarily due to an 
increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense of $2.9 million, to support increasing sales activities 
from  new  developed  products.  Commission  expense  increased  by  $0.6  million  due  to  higher  compensation  and  higher 
revenue. In addition, amortization of intangible asset related to the ClariPhy acquisition was $0.4 million. Product samples 
and trade shows expense increased by $0.5 million primarily associated with new products introduced into the market. 

General and Administrative 

General and administrative ...............    $  23,782    $  21,201    $  20,322    $ 

12%  $ 

879      

4%

   Year Ended December 31, 
     2015 
     2016 
   2017 

Change 

2017 

2016 

      Amount       % 

     Amount       % 
(dollars in thousands) 
2,581      

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $2.6 million, primarily due 
to  salaries  and  stock-based  compensation  of  $1.3  million,  which  resulted  from  a  mix  of  salary  increases  and  new  hires. 
Accounting and consulting fees increased by $0.8 million in relation to acquisition of ClariPhy. Allocated expenses increased 
by $1.1 million mainly due to increase in facility leases and information technology expenses. The increases were partially 
offset by a decrease in outside legal fees by $0.9 million due to expenses incurred in 2016 in connection with the ClariPhy 
acquisition. 

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $0.9 million, primarily due 
to increase in outside legal fees of $1.1 million in connection with the acquisition of ClariPhy and an increase in salaries of 
$0.9  million  due  to  higher  salaries  and  new  hires.  The  increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  stock-based 
compensation by $1.1 million in connection with the completion of four year vesting of an initial grant to an officer in the 
first quarter 2016. 

Provision (benefit) for Income Taxes 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes ......    $  (21,176)   $(15,057 )  $ 

(41%)   $(20,914)     

(357%) 

   Year Ended December 31, 
     2015 
     2016 

2017 

2017 

    Amount      % 
(dollars in thousands) 
5,857    $  (6,119)     

Change 

2016 

  Amount      % 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of $21.2 million, which reflects an effective 
tax rate of 22%. The effective tax rate of 22% differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to the effects of the Tax 
Reform Act that was enacted on December 22, 2017, change in valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower 
rates, geographic mix in profitability, unrecognized tax benefits, stock-based compensation adjustments, and recognition of 
research and development credits. The change in valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2017, included an 
income tax benefit of $1.1 million from the partial release of federal and state valuation allowance. 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded an income tax benefit of $15.1 million, which reflects an effective 
tax rate of (131%). The effective tax rate of (131%) differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to the change in 
valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in profitability, unrecognized tax benefits, 
stock-based compensation adjustments, transaction cost adjustments, and recognition of research and development credits. 

50 

 
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The change in valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2016 included an income tax benefit of $17.8 million 
from the partial release of federal valuation allowance and full release of the Singapore valuation allowance. The partial 
release of the federal valuation allowance against deferred tax assets resulted from the consolidation of the Company’s federal 
deferred  tax  assets  with  ClariPhy’s  federal  deferred  tax  liabilities.  The  full  release  of  the  Singapore  valuation  allowance 
against deferred tax assets resulted from the Company’s full utilization of its deferred tax asset during the year primarily due 
to the gain from the sale of the memory product business. 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a provision for income taxes of $5.9 million, which reflects an 
effective tax rate of (58%). The effective tax rate of (58%) differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to change in 
the  valuation  allowance,  foreign  income  taxes  provided  at  lower  rates,  geographic  mix  in  profitability,  unrecognized  tax 
benefits, stock-based compensation adjustments, taxation of Subpart F income and recognition of research and development 
credits. 

Our effective tax rate in the future will depend upon the proportion of our income before provision for income taxes 
earned in the United States and in jurisdictions with a tax rate lower than the U.S. statutory rate, as well as a number of other 
factors, including excess tax benefits from share-based compensation, changes to our provisional accounting for the effects 
of the Tax Reform Act during the measurement period, settlement of tax contingency items, and the impact of new legislation. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

As of December 31, 2017, we had cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities of $405.2 million. 
Our primary uses of cash are to fund operating expenses, purchase inventory, acquire property and equipment and business 
acquisitions. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as reflected in 
the changes in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued expenses. Our primary sources of cash are cash receipts on 
accounts receivable from our revenue. In 2016 and 2015, we issued convertible debt, which resulted in an increase in cash 
and cash equivalents. Aside from the growth in amounts billed to our customers, net cash collections of accounts receivable 
are impacted by the efficiency of our cash collections process, which can vary from period to period, depending on the timing 
of shipments and payment cycles of our major customers. 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated: 

2017  

Years Ended December 31, 
2016  
(in thousands) 

2015  

Net cash provided by operating activities ..............................   $ 
Net cash used in investing activities .......................................     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ...............     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .............   $ 

77,308     $ 
(38,341 )     
(20,384 )     
18,583     $ 

63,073    $ 
(448,213)     
246,963      
(138,177)   $ 

72,543  
(23,871) 
204,006  
252,678  

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2017 primarily reflected depreciation and amortization of $77.9 million, 
stock-based compensation expense of $44.8 million, impairment of intangible assets of $47.0 million, accretion of convertible 
debt of $24.6 million, amortization of premiums on marketable securities of $1.0 million, decreases in prepaid expenses and 
other assets of $2.3 million, and increase in accounts payable of $1.7 million, partially offset by a net loss of $74.9 million, 
deferred  income  taxes  of  $22.4  million,  a  change  in  income tax  payable/receivable  of  $0.6  million,  increase  in  accounts 
receivable of $17.4 million, and decreases in deferred revenue of $3.2 million, accrued expenses of $0.6 million and other 
liabilities of $3.0 million. Our prepaid expenses and other assets decreased mainly due to receipt of funds for  a claim from 
escrow related to the ClariPhy acquisition. Our accounts payable increased due to increased production volume and timing 
of payments. Our accounts receivable increased due to higher product shipments to customers and longer payment terms of 
some customers. Our deferred revenue decreased due to lower inventory in the distributors.  Our accrued expenses and other 
liabilities decreased mainly due to the timing of payments.  

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2016 primarily reflected net income of $99.5 million, depreciation and 
amortization of $31.2 million, stock-based compensation of $30.2 million, amortization of deferred tax charge of $0.9 million, 
amortization of premiums on marketable securities of $1.5 million, accretion of convertible debt and amortization of issuance 
expenses of $14.2 million, a change in income tax payable/receivable of $1.4 million, an increase in accounts payable of $3.5 
million and other liabilities by $2.0 million, partially offset by a gain from sale of discontinued operations and cost method 
investment  of  $79.7  million,  deferred  income  taxes  of  $15.5  million,  increases  in  accounts  receivable  of  $17.0  million, 

51 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
inventories of $6.4 million, prepaid expenses of $1.4 million and a decrease in deferred revenue of $1.3 million. Our accounts 
payable increased due to increased production volume. Our other liabilities increased due to amounts payable to Rambus. 
Our  accounts  receivable  increased due  to higher product  shipments  to customers  and  longer  credit  term.  Our  inventories 
increased  as  a  result  of  growing  production  for  expected  delivery  to  customers  in  the  first  quarter  of  2017.  Our  prepaid 
expenses and other assets increased due to additional subscriptions. Our deferred revenue decreased due to the sale of our 
memory product business. 

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2015 primarily reflected depreciation and amortization of $26.9 million, 
stock-based compensation of $28.3 million, loss on disposal and abandonment of property and equipment of $1.9 million, 
impairment of in-process research and development of $1.8 million, amortization of deferred tax charge of $0.9 million, 
amortization of premiums on marketable securities of $0.5 million, accretion of convertible debt and amortization of issuance 
expenses of $0.6 million, decreases in accounts receivable by $6.5 million, inventories of $8.8 million, prepaid expenses and 
other assets of $2.2 million, change in income tax payable/receivable by $6.4 million and an increase in accrued expenses by 
$3.4 million, partially offset by a net loss of $13.6 million and a decrease in other liabilities of $1.4 million. Our accounts 
receivable  decreased  due  to  collections  from  customers.  Our  inventories  decreased  due  to  shipments  to  customers  and 
amortization of fair value step-up on Cortina inventories. Our prepaid expenses and other current assets decreased due to 
settlement of a non-trade receivable. Our accrued expenses increased due to accrual of employee related expenses. Other 
liabilities decreased due to deposits received from customers used in 2015 and decrease in deferred rent on building leases. 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities 

In 2017, net cash used in investing activities consisted of cash used to purchase investment in marketable securities of 
$261.2 million, payment of debt related to purchase of intangible assets of $16.1 million, purchases of property and equipment 
of $37.4 million, mainly for laboratory, production and computer equipment, and remittance of remaining balance due to 
shareholders of ClariPhy of $1.8 million, partially offset by sales and maturities of marketable securities of $267.5 million 
and proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations previously held in escrow of $10.7 million. 

In 2016, net cash used in investing activities consisted of cash used to purchase investment in marketable securities of 
$330.6 million, the acquisition of ClariPhy for $294.4 million, net of cash acquired, purchases of property and equipment of 
$22.3 million, mainly for laboratory, production and computer equipment and leasehold improvements for our offices, and 
the purchase of minority interest in an early stage private companies for $8.0 million, partially offset by sales and maturities 
of marketable securities of $122.1 million, proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations of $78.8 million and cost method 
investment of $6.3 million. 

In 2015, net cash used in investing activities consisted of cash used to purchase investment in marketable securities of 
$21.9  million,  purchases  of  property  and  equipment  of  $16.6  million,  mainly  for  laboratory,  production  and  computer 
equipment and software and the purchase of a minority interest in an early stage private company for $2.0 million, partially 
offset by sales and maturities of marketable securities of $16.5 million. 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities 

Net  cash  used  by  financing  activities  in  2017  consisted  primarily  of  minimum  tax  withholding  paid  on  behalf  of 
employees for restricted stock units of $27.7 million and payment of capital lease obligations of $1.0 million; partially offset 
by proceeds from the exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan totaling $8.0 million and repayment of 
long-term loan provided to a supplier of $0.3 million. 

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2016 consisted primarily of net proceeds from issuance of convertible debt 
of $279.5 million and proceeds from the exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan of $11.3 million. This 
was partially offset, by the purchase of capped call options related to convertible debt issued of $22.5 million, minimum tax 
withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share settlement of $20.4 million and a loan to a supplier of $0.7 million. 

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  in  2015  consisted  primarily  of  the  net  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of 
convertible debt of $224 million and proceeds from the exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan of $10.7 
million. This was offset, in part, by the purchase of capped call options related to convertible debt issued of $17.8 million 
and minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share settlement of $12.9 million. 

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements 

Our principal sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2017 consisted of $405.2 million of cash, cash equivalents and 
investments  in  marketable  securities.  Based  on  our  current  operating  plan,  we  believe  that  our  existing  cash  and  cash 

52 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
equivalents and investments in marketable securities from operations will be sufficient to finance our operational cash needs 
through at least the next 12 - 18 months. In the future, we expect our operating and capital expenditures to increase as we 
increase headcount, expand our business activities and grow our end customer base which will result in higher needs for 
working capital. Our ability to generate cash from operations is also subject to substantial risks described in Part I, “Item 1A., 
Risk Factors.” If any of these risks occur, we may be unable to generate or sustain positive cash flow from operating activities. 
We  would  then  be  required  to  use  existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents  to  support  our  working  capital  and  other  cash 
requirements. If additional funds are required to support our working capital requirements, acquisitions or other purposes, 
we may seek to raise funds through equity or debt financing or from other sources. If we raise additional funds through the 
issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, 
and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we 
raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative 
covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility, and would also require us to incur 
interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would 
be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us. 

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies 

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017: 

Payments due by period 

   Total  

Less 
Than 
1 Year  

1-3 
Years  
(in thousands) 

3-5 
Years  

More 
Than 
5 Years  

Convertible debt ...................................................   $
Interest payable on convertible debt .....................     
Operating lease obligations ..................................     
Obligations related to intangibles .........................     
Obligations under capital lease.............................     

517,500      
16,388    $
21,332      
33,986      
1,623      

—    $
4,744      
5,815      
17,983      
662      

230,000    $  287,500      
2,156      
3,712    $ 
—      
93      

9,488      
8,484      
16,003      
868      

—  
—  
3,321  
—  
—  

As of December 31, 2017, we recorded a liability for our uncertain tax position of $0.8  million. We are unable to 
reasonably estimate the timing of payments in individual years due to uncertainties in the timing of the effective settlement 
of tax positions. 

We depend upon third-party subcontractors to manufacture our wafers. Our subcontractor relationships typically allow 
for  the  cancellation  of  outstanding  purchase  orders,  but  require  payment  of  all  expenses  incurred  through  the  date  of 
cancellation. As of December 31, 2017, the total value of open purchase orders for wafers was approximately $7.3 million. 
As of December 31, 2017, we have a commitment to pay $2.2 million for equipment and software license starting in 2018 
and mask of $0.6 million. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Since our inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, such as the use of structured finance, 

special purpose entities or variable interest entities. 

Recent Authoritative Accounting Guidance 

See Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding recently issued accounting 

pronouncements. 

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Interest Rate Sensitivity 

We had cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities of $405.2 million and $394.3 million at 
December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, which was held for working capital purposes. Our exposure to 
market interest-rate risk relates primarily to our investment portfolio. We do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge 
the  market  risks of our  investments. We manage our  total  portfolio  to  encompass  a  diversified  pool  of  investment-grade 
securities to preserve principal and maintain liquidity. We place our investments with high-quality issuers, money market 

53 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
funds and debt securities. Our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2017 consisted of money market funds, municipal 
bonds, corporate bonds, variable rate demand notes, commercial paper and asset-backed securities. Investments in both fixed 
rate  and  floating  rate  instruments  carry  a  degree  of  interest  rate  risk.  Fixed  rate  securities  may  have  their  market  value 
adversely impacted due to an increase in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected 
if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes 
in interest rates or if the decline in fair value of our publicly traded debt investments is judged to be other-than-temporary. 
We may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that have declined in market value due to changes in 
interest rates. However, because any debt securities we hold are classified as available-for-sale, no gains or losses are realized 
in the income statement due to changes in interest rates unless such securities are sold prior to maturity or unless declines in 
value are determined to be other-than-temporary. These securities are reported at fair value with the related unrealized gains 
and  losses,  net  of  applicable  taxes,  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  reported  in  a  separate 
component of stockholders' equity. Although we currently expect that our ability to access or liquidate these investments as 
needed to support our business activities will continue, we cannot ensure that this will not change. We believe that, if market 
interest rates were to change immediately and uniformly by 10% from levels at December 31, 2017, the impact on the fair 
value of these securities or our cash flows or income would not be material. 

In a low interest rate environment, as short-term investments mature, reinvestment can occur at less favorable market 
rates. Given the short-term nature of certain investments, the current interest rate environment may negatively impact our 
investment income. 

As of December 31, 2017, we had outstanding debt of $517.5 million in the form of Convertible Notes. The fair value 
of our Convertible Notes is subject to interest rate risk, market risk and other factors due to the convertible feature. The fair 
value of the Convertible Notes will generally increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. In addition, the 
fair value of the Convertible Notes will generally increase as our common stock price increases and will generally decrease 
as our common stock price declines in value. The interest and market value changes affect the fair value of our Convertible 
Notes but do not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligation. 

Our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  investment  in  marketable  securities  at  December  31,  2017  consisted  of  $365.8 
million held domestically, with the remaining balance of $39.4 million held by foreign subsidiaries. There may be adverse 
tax effects upon repatriation of these funds to the United States. We do not plan to repatriate cash balances from foreign 
subsidiaries to fund our operations in the United States. 

Foreign Currency Risk 

To date, our international customer and vendor agreements have been denominated almost exclusively in United States 
dollars. Accordingly, we have limited exposure to foreign currency exchange rates and currently enter into immaterial foreign 
currency hedging transactions. 

54 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .......................................................................................... 
Consolidated Balance Sheets ........................................................................................................................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Income .............................................................................................................................. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) ......................................................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity ........................................................................................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ....................................................................................................................... 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ................................................................................................................. 

56
58
59
60
61
62
63

55 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Inphi Corporation 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Inphi Corporation and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 
2017 and 2016 and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), stockholder’s equity 
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes listed in the 
accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 
(2013) issued by the COSO. 

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company's  management  is responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining effective  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under 
Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's 
internal  control  over financial  reporting  based  on  our  audits. We  are  a public  accounting firm  registered with  the  Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained 
in all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond 
to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the 
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal 
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (i)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, 
or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

56 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
San Jose, California 
February 28, 2018 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002. 

57 

 
  
  
  
  
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Balance Sheets  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................................................    $ 
Investments in marketable securities ....................................................................     
Accounts receivable, net .......................................................................................     
Inventories ............................................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ............................................................     
Total current assets ........................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net ............................................................................................     
Goodwill ..........................................................................................................................     
Identifiable intangible assets, net ....................................................................................     
Deferred tax charge .........................................................................................................     
Other assets, net ...............................................................................................................     

Total assets .............................................................................................    $ 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity  
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable ..................................................................................................    $ 
Deferred revenue ..................................................................................................     
Accrued employee expenses .................................................................................     
Other accrued expenses ........................................................................................     
Other current liabilities .........................................................................................     
Total current liabilities ..................................................................................     
Convertible debt ..............................................................................................................     
Other long-term liabilities ...............................................................................................     
Total liabilities ...............................................................................................     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17) 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

163,450     $ 
241,737      
67,993      
31,721      
12,208      
517,109      
60,344      
104,502      
222,933      
—      
12,618      
917,506     $ 

14,721     $ 
435      
15,214      
8,290      
21,387      
60,047      
421,431      
24,627      
506,105      

144,867  
249,476  
49,999  
32,039  
23,139  
499,520  
44,471  
105,077  
327,063  
1,384  
13,080  
990,595  

14,039  
3,630  
16,588  
7,277  
24,736  
66,270  
396,857  
64,944  
528,071  

Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares 

issued ................................................................................................................     

—      

—  

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 42,780,229 
and 41,303,363 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively .......................................................................................................     
Additional paid-in capital .....................................................................................     
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ...............................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive income ..........................................................     
Total stockholders’ equity .............................................................................     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity.........................................................................    $ 

43      
484,934      
(74,145)     
569      
411,401      
917,506     $ 

41  
459,928  
1,976  
579  
462,524  
990,595  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

58 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

 $ 
Revenue  
Cost of revenue ..................................................................................    
Gross profit ........................................................................................    
Operating expenses: 
Research and development ................................................................    
Sales and marketing ..........................................................................    
General and administrative ................................................................    
Total operating expenses ........................................................    
Income (loss) from operations ...........................................................    
Interest expense .................................................................................    
Other income, net ..............................................................................    
Income (loss) before income taxes from continuing operations ........    
Provision (benefit) for income taxes .................................................    
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ..................................    
Discontinued operations: 
Gain from sale ...................................................................................    
Income (loss) from discontinued operations .....................................    
Provision for income taxes ................................................................    
Net income from discontinued operations .........................................    
Net income (loss) ...........................................................................  $ 

Earnings per share: 

Basic 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ...............................  $ 
Net income from discontinued operations .....................................    
Basic earnings per share ................................................................  $ 
Diluted 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ...............................  $ 
Net income from discontinued operations .....................................    
Diluted earnings per share .............................................................  $ 

Weighted-average shares used in computing earnings per share: 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

348,201   $ 
151,698     
196,503     

200,539     
42,381     
23,782     
266,702     
(70,199)    
(29,842)    
3,961     
(96,080)    
(21,176)    
(74,904)    

—     
—     
—     
—     
(74,904)  $ 

(1.78)  $ 
—     
(1.78)  $ 

(1.78)  $ 
—     
(1.78)  $ 

266,277    $ 
85,581      
180,696      

108,013      
26,534      
21,201      
155,748      
24,948      
(17,406 )   
3,914      
11,456      
(15,057 )   
26,513      

78,544      
(3,802 )   
(1,799 )   
72,943      
99,456    $ 

0.65    $ 
1.80      
2.45    $ 

0.60    $ 
1.65      
2.25    $ 

192,710  
72,694  
120,016  

87,774  
21,462  
20,322  
129,558  
(9,542) 
(783) 
221  
(10,104) 
5,857  
(15,961) 

—  
4,535  
(2,125) 
2,410  
(13,551) 

(0.41) 
0.06  
(0.35) 

(0.41) 
0.06  
(0.35) 

Basic ..............................................................................................    
Diluted ...........................................................................................    

42,165,213     
42,165,213     

40,565,433      
44,124,881      

38,580,330  
38,580,330  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

59 

 
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
(in thousands) 

Net income (loss) ..............................................................................   $ 

(74,904)  $ 

99,456   $ 

(13,551) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Other comprehensive income (loss): 
Available for sale investments: 

Change in unrealized gain or loss, net of $0, $0, and $0 tax 

expense in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively .......................     
Realized gain reclassified into earnings, net of tax ....................     
Comprehensive income (loss) ...........................................................   $ 

(9)    
(1)    
(74,914)  $ 

(172)    
(5)    
99,279   $ 

(87) 
(9) 
(13,647) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

60 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
(in thousands, except share amounts)  

Common Stock 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated 
Deficit) 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income 

Total 
Stock- 
holders’ 
Equity 

Balance at December 31, 2014 ..........      37,310,963    $ 
Issuance of common stock from 

Shares  

     Amount        
37    $ 

327,475    $ 

(89,190)   $ 

exercise of stock options ...............     

722,913      

1      

6,144      

Issuance of common stock from 

restricted stock unit grant, net of 
shares withheld for tax ..................     

Issuance of common stock from 

1,028,650      

employee stock purchase plan ......     

326,764      

Income tax benefit adjustment from 

stock option exercises ...................     
Stock-based compensation expense ..     
Conversion feature of convertible 

—      
—      

—      
debt, net of issuance costs .............     
—      
Purchase of capped calls ....................     
Net loss ..............................................     
—      
—      
Other comprehensive loss, net...........     
Balance at December 31, 2015 ..........      39,389,290    $ 
Issuance of common stock from 

1      

—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
39    $ 

(12,914)     

4,583      

4,305      
28,293      

52,532      
(17,802)     
—      
—      
392,616    $ 

exercise of stock options ...............     

587,229      

1      

5,786      

Issuance of common stock from 

restricted stock unit grants, net of 
shares withheld for tax ..................     

Issuance of common stock from 

employee stock purchase plan ......     
Stock-based compensation expense ..     
Conversion feature of convertible 

debt, net of issuance costs .............     
Purchase of capped calls ....................     
Net income .........................................     
Cumulative effect of change in 

1,041,743      

285,101      
—      

—      
—      
—      

—      
accounting principle ......................     
—      
Other comprehensive loss, net...........     
Balance at December 31, 2016 ..........      41,303,363    $ 
Issuance of common stock from 

1      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
41    $ 

(20,478)     

5,518      
30,192      

68,834      
(22,540)     
—      

—      
—      
459,928    $ 

exercise of stock options ...............     

300,982      

1      

2,174      

Issuance of common stock from 

restricted stock unit grants, net of 
shares withheld for tax ..................     

Issuance of common stock from 

employee stock purchase plan ......     
Stock-based compensation expense ..     
Cumulative effect of change in 

1,004,785      

171,099      
—      

—      
accounting principle ......................     
—      
Net loss ..............................................     
—      
Other comprehensive loss, net...........     
Balance at December 31, 2017 ..........      42,780,229    $ 

1      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
43    $ 

(27,776)     

5,776      
44,832      

—      
—      
—      
484,934    $ 

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
(13,551)     
—      
(102,741)   $ 

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
99,456      

5,261      
—      
1,976    $ 

—      

—      

—      
—      

(1,217)     
(74,904)     
—      
(74,145)   $ 

852    $ 

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
(96)     
756    $ 

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      

—      
(177)     
579    $ 

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
(10)     
569    $ 

239,174  

6,145  

(12,913) 

4,583  

4,305  
28,293  

52,532  
(17,802) 
(13,551) 
(96) 
290,670  

5,787  

(20,477) 

5,518  
30,192  

68,834  
(22,540) 
99,456  

5,261  
(177) 
462,524  

2,175  

(27,775) 

5,776  
44,832  

(1,217) 
(74,904) 
(10) 
411,401  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

61 

 
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands)  

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

(74,904)   $ 

99,456     $ 

(13,551 ) 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Net income (loss) ...........................................................................................   $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by 

operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization ...............................................................     
Stock-based compensation .....................................................................     
Gain from sale of discontinued operations .............................................     
Gain from sale of cost method investment .............................................     
Loss (gain) on disposal and abandonment of property and equipment ...     
Impairment of intangible assets ..............................................................     
Deferred income taxes ............................................................................     
Amortization of deferred tax charge .......................................................     
Accretion of convertible debt and amortization of issuance expenses....     
Amortization of premiums on marketable securities ..............................     
Other noncash items ...............................................................................     
Changes in assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable .......................................................................     
Inventories ......................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses and other assets ..................................................     
Income tax payable/receivable .......................................................     
Accounts payable ...........................................................................     
Accrued expenses ...........................................................................     
Deferred revenue ............................................................................     
Other liabilities ...............................................................................     
Net cash provided by operating activities ...............................     

Cash flows from investing activities 
Purchases of property and equipment ............................................................     
Proceeds from sale or disposal of property and equipment ............................     
Purchases of marketable securities .................................................................     
Sales of marketable securities ........................................................................     
Maturities of marketable securities ................................................................     
Proceeds from sale of cost method investment ..............................................     
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations ..............................................     
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired .................................................     
Payment of debt related to purchase of intangible asset .................................     
Purchase of cost-method investment in private companies ............................     
Net cash used in investing activities .......................................     

Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options ........................................................     
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan ................................................     
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt, net of issuance costs .................     
Purchase of capped call options .....................................................................     
Minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share 

settlement ...................................................................................................     
Long-term loan ...............................................................................................     
Payment of capital lease obligations ..............................................................     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ................     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .....................................     
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .............................................     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .......................................................   $ 
Supplemental cash flow information ..............................................................       
Income taxes paid ...................................................................................   $ 
Interest paid ............................................................................................     

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities 

77,855      
44,833      
—      
—      
(174)     
47,014      
(22,428)     
—      
24,574      
1,040      
(10)     

(17,392)     
318      
2,272      
(638)     
1,655      
(554)     
(3,195)     
(2,958)     
77,308      

(37,437)     
100      
(261,247)     
85,163      
182,299      
—      
10,690      
(1,800)     
(16,109)     
—      
(38,341)     

2,214      
5,776      
—      
—      

(27,673)     
333      
(1,034)     
(20,384)     
18,583      
144,867      
163,450    $ 

31,216       
30,192       
(78,544 )     
(1,138 )     
—       
—       
(15,539 )     
938       
14,178       
1,496       
(5 )     

(17,028 )     
(6,384 )     
(1,389 )     
1,411       
3,523       
(45 )     
(1,280 )     
2,015       
63,073       

(22,348 )     
—       
(330,592 )     
5,504       
116,627       
6,345       
78,750       
(294,444 )     
(55 )     
(8,000 )     
(448,213 )     

5,748       
5,518       
279,459       
(22,540 )     

(20,477 )     
(725 )     
(20 )     
246,963       
(138,177 )     
283,044       
144,867     $ 

2,158    $ 
5,194      

156     $ 
2,537       

26,884   
28,293   
—   
—   
1,958   
1,750   
(142 ) 
939   
592   
554   
(9 ) 

6,496   
8,822   
2,200   
6,441   
(209 ) 
3,413   
(443 ) 
(1,445 ) 
72,543   

(16,557 ) 
75   
(21,906 ) 
3,937   
12,580   
—   
—   
—   
—   
(2,000 ) 
(23,871 ) 

6,145   
4,583   
223,993   
(17,802 ) 

(12,913 ) 
—   
—   
204,006   
252,678   
30,366   
283,044   

723   
—   

—   

Intangible assets financed with debt .......................................................     

2,888      

39,046       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

62 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Inphi Corporation (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in November 2000. The Company is a 
fabless  provider  of  high-speed  analog  and  mixed  signal  semiconductor  solutions  for  the  communications  and  datacenter 
markets.  The  Company’s  semiconductor  solutions  are  designed  to  address  bandwidth  bottlenecks  in  networks,  maximize 
throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation communications and 
datacenter  infrastructures.  In  addition,  the  semiconductor  solutions  provide  a  vital  high-speed  interface  between  analog 
signals  and  digital  information  in  high-performance  systems  such  as  telecommunications  transport  systems,  enterprise 
networking equipment and datacenters. 

On August 4, 2016, the Company completed the sale of the memory product business to Rambus Inc. (Rambus) for 
$90,000. The Company's consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for current and prior periods have been 
retrospectively reclassified to present the results of operations of the memory product business as discontinued operations. 
For more information on discontinued operations, see Note 3. 

On  December  12,  2016,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  ClariPhy  Communications,  Inc.  (ClariPhy)  for 
$303,661 in cash. The revenue and expenses of ClariPhy are included in the consolidated statements of income (loss) from 
December 12, 2016. For more information on acquisitions, see Note 2. 

The Company is subject to certain risks and uncertainties and believes changes in any of the following areas could have 
a material adverse effect on the Company’s future financial position or results of operations or cash flows: ability to sustain 
profitable  operations  due  to  losses  incurred  and  accumulated  deficit  in  prior  years,  dependence  on  a  limited  number  of 
customers for a substantial portion of revenue, product defects, risks related to intellectual property matters, lengthy sales 
cycle and competitive selection process, lengthy and expensive qualification process, ability to develop new or enhanced 
products in a timely manner, market development of and demand for the Company’s products, reliance on third parties to 
manufacture, assemble and test products and ability to compete. 

Basis of Presentation 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of Inphi, Cortina, ClariPhy and 
subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

 Business Combinations 

The  Company  accounts  for  acquisitions  of  business  using  the  purchase  method  of  accounting,  which  requires  the 
Company to recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair 
values. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, the estimates are inherently uncertain and subject 
to  refinement.  As  a  result,  during  the  measurement  period,  which  may  be  up  to  one  year  from  the  acquisition  date,  the 
Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. 
Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, 
whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of income (loss). 

Accounting for business combinations requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially 
at the acquisition date including the Company’s estimates  for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed and pre-
acquisition contingencies where applicable. Although the Company believes the assumptions and estimates made in the past 
have  been reasonable  and  appropriate,  they  are  based  in part on historical  experience  and  information obtained  from  the 
management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible 
assets  the  Company  acquired  include  future  expected  cash  flows  from  product  sales,  customer  contracts  and  acquired 
technologies, expected costs to develop in-process research and development (IPR&D) into commercially viable products 
and estimated cash flows from the projects when completed and discount rates. Unanticipated events and circumstances may 
occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. 

63 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to (i) the collectibility of accounts 
receivable and allowance for distributors’ price discounts; (ii) write-down for excess and obsolete inventories; (iii) warranty 
obligations; (iv) the value assigned to and estimated useful lives of long-lived assets; (v) the realization of tax assets and 
estimates of tax liabilities and tax reserves; (vi) the valuation of equity securities; (vii) amounts recorded in connection with 
acquisitions; (viii) recoverability of intangible assets and goodwill; and (ix) the recognition and disclosure of fair value of 
convertible debt and contingent liabilities. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various 
other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for 
making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The 
Company engages third party valuation specialists to assist with estimates related to the valuation of financial instruments 
and assets associated with various contractual arrangements, and valuation of assets acquired in connection with acquisitions. 
Such estimates often require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in 
evaluating  ranges  of  assumptions  and  financial  inputs.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  those  estimates  under  different 
assumptions or circumstances. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The Company and its subsidiaries use the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Foreign currency assets and liabilities 
are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the end-of-period exchange rates except for non-monetary assets and liabilities, which are 
remeasured at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are remeasured at the exchange rate in effect during the period 
the  transaction  occurred,  except  for  those  expenses  related  to  balance  sheet  amounts,  which  are  remeasured  at  historical 
exchange rates. Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income 
(Loss) as part of “Other income, net”. Foreign currency gain (loss) in 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $22, ($434), and ($524), 
respectively. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at 
the  date  of  purchase  to  be  cash  equivalents.  The  Company  maintains  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents  with  major  financial 
institutions and, at times, such balances with any one financial institution may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
insurance limits. Cash equivalents primarily consist of money market funds. 

Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments 

The carrying amount reflected in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid and 
other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate fair value due to the short-
term nature of these financial instruments. 

Investments in Marketable Securities 

Investments in marketable securities consist of available-for-sale securities. These investments are recorded at fair value with 
changes in fair value, net of applicable taxes, recorded as unrealized gains (losses) as a component of accumulated other 
comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses are included in Other income, net. The cost basis 
for realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities is determined on a specific identification basis. The Company 
periodically evaluate whether declines in fair values of our investments below their book values are other-than-temporary. 
When the fair value is lower than the amortized cost, the Company considers whether: (1) it has the intent to sell the security; 
(2) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery; or (3) it expects to recover the entire 
amortized cost basis of the security. If the Company intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that it will be 
required to sell the security, the entire difference between the amortized cost and fair value is recognized in Other income, 
net. If the Company does not intend to sell a security and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the 

64 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

security but the security has suffered an impairment related to credit, the credit loss is bifurcated from the total decline in 
value and recorded in Other income, net with the remaining portion recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income 
in  stockholders’  equity.  Investments  are  made  based  on  the  Company’s  investment  policy  which  restricts  the  types  of 
investments  that  can  be  made.  The  Company  classified  available-for-sale  securities  as  short-term  as  the  investments  are 
available to be used in current operations. 

Inventories  

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value.  Cost  is  computed  using  standard  cost,  which 
approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. Inventories are reduced for write-downs based on periodic reviews for 
evidence of slow-moving or obsolete parts. The write-down is based on comparison between inventory on hand and estimated 
future sales for each specific product. Once written down, inventory write-downs are not reversed until the inventory is sold 
or scrapped. Inventory write-downs are also established when conditions indicate that the net realizable value is less than cost 
due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price level or other causes. Inventory valuation reserves were $3,133 
and $3,967 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Property and Equipment 

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and 
amortization  is  provided  on  property  and  equipment  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  on  a  straight-line  basis.  Leasehold 
improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms. Repairs 
and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Useful lives by asset category are as follows: 

Asset Category 
Office equipment .................................................................................      
Software ..............................................................................................      
Leasehold improvements .....................................................................    
Production equipment .........................................................................      
Computer equipment ...........................................................................      
Lab equipment .....................................................................................      
Furniture and fixtures ..........................................................................      

Years 
3 
3 
Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life 
2 
5 
5 
7 

 Equipment Under Capital Leases 

The Company leases certain of its equipment under capital lease agreements. The assets and liabilities under capital 
leases are initially recorded at the fair value of the assets under lease. The capital lease obligation outstanding at December 
31, 2017 and 2016 were $1,396 and $2,430, respectively. 

Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets represent rights acquired for developed technology, customer relationships, trademark, patents and 
IPR&D in connection with the business acquisitions. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over periods 
ranging from one to ten years using a method that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset 
are consumed, or if that pattern cannot be reliably determined, using a straight-line amortization method. Acquired IPR&D 
is capitalized and amortization commences upon completion of the underlying projects. If any of the projects are abandoned, 
the Company would be required to impair the related IPR&D asset. 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Goodwill 

Long-lived Assets  

The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment and 
intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such assets might be impaired and the carrying 
value  may  not  be  recoverable.  Events  or  changes  in  circumstances  that  may  indicate  that  an  asset  is  impaired  include 
significant decreases in the market value of an asset, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected 
future results of operations, a change in the extent or manner in which an asset is utilized, significant declines in the estimated 

65 

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

fair value of the overall Company for a sustained period, shifts in technology, loss of key management or personnel, changes 
in the Company’s operating model or strategy and competitive forces. 

If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and the 
expected undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment 
loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based on the 
present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved, quoted 
market prices or appraised values, depending on the nature of the assets. 

Goodwill  

Goodwill is recorded when the consideration paid for a business acquisition exceeds the fair value of net tangible and 
intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is measured and tested for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth fiscal quarter 
or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist.   

To review for impairment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances 
lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting unit is less than its carrying 
amount. The qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill, whether performed annually or based on specific events 
or circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. Those factors include: 
(i)  severe  adverse  industry  or  economic  trends;  (ii)  significant  company-specific  actions,  including  exiting  an  activity  in 
conjunction with restructuring of operations; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of our financial performance; 
or (iv) a sustained decrease in our market capitalization below our net book value. After assessing the totality of events and 
circumstances, if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting unit is 
less than its carrying amount, no further assessment is performed. If however, the Company determines that it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of any of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company calculates the fair value 
of that reporting unit and compares the fair value to the reporting unit’s net book value. If the carrying amount of goodwill 
exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. There was 
no impairment of goodwill in 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

Internal Use Software Costs 

Certain external computer software costs acquired for internal use are capitalized. Training costs and maintenance are 
expensed as incurred, while upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that such expenditures will result in 
additional functionality. Capitalized costs are included within property and equipment. In 2016, the Company adopted the 
guidance related to accounting for fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a 
software license, then the Company should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the 
acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the Company 
should account for the arrangement as a service contract.  

Revenue Recognition 

The  Company’s  products  are  fully  functional  at  the  time  of  shipment  and  do  not  require  additional  production, 
modification,  or  customization.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  there  is  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement, 
delivery  has  occurred,  the  fee  is  fixed  or  determinable,  and  collection  is  reasonably  assured.  The  Company’s  sales 
arrangements do not include multiple elements.  

Product revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to customers, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and 
allowances, which to date, have not been significant. Product revenue on sales made through distributors with rights of return 
or price protection is deferred until the distributors sell the product to end customers. Sales to distributors are included in 
deferred revenue and the Company includes the related costs in inventory until sale to the end customers occurs. Certain 
distributors  may  receive  a  credit  for  the  price  discounts  associated  with  the  distributors'  customers  that  purchased  those 
products. The Company estimates the extent of these distributor price discounts at each reporting period to reduce accounts 
receivable  and  deferred  revenue,  but  does  not  issue  these  discounts  to  the  distributor  until  the  inventory  is  sold  to  the 
distributors' customers. The Company’s sales to direct customers are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders 
for delivery of products. The Company generally allows customers to cancel or change purchase orders within limited notice 
periods prior to the scheduled shipment.  

66 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  from  the  sales  and  licensing  of  its  intellectual  property  when  the  following 
fundamental criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the sales price 
is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured. 

Occasionally, the Company enters into development agreements with some of its customers and recognizes revenue 
from these agreements upon completion and acceptance by the customer of contract deliverables or as services are provided, 
depending on the terms of the arrangement. Revenue is deferred for any amounts billed or received prior to completion of 
milestones or delivery of services. 

Revenue from non-product sales was less than 3%, 1%, and 2% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 

2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. 

Cost of Revenue 

Cost  of revenue  includes  cost  of  materials,  such  as wafers  processed  by third-party  foundries,  cost  associated with 
packaging  and  assembly,  testing  and  shipping,  cost  of  personnel,  including  stock-based  compensation,  and  equipment 
associated  with  manufacturing  support,  logistics  and  quality  assurance,  warranty  cost,  amortization  and  impairment  of 
developed technology, amortization of step-up values of inventory, write-down of inventories, amortization of production 
mask costs, overhead and an allocated portion of occupancy costs. 

Warranty 

The Company’s products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one 
or two years. The Company accrues for estimated warranty cost at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and 
actual  historical  warranty  claims  experience  including  knowledge  of  specific  product  failures  that  are  outside  of  the 
Company’s typical experience. The warranty obligation is determined based on product failure rates, cost of replacement and 
failure analysis cost. If actual warranty costs differ significantly from these estimates, adjustments may be required in the 
future. As of both December 31, 2017 and 2016, the warranty liability was $110. 

 Research and Development Expense 

Research  and  development  expense  consists  of  costs  incurred  in  performing  research  and  development  activities 
including salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits, occupancy costs, pre-production engineering mask costs, 
impairment of in-process research and development, overhead costs and prototype wafer, packaging and test costs. Research 
and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  Company  enters  into  development  agreements  with  some  of  the 
Company’s customers. Recoveries from nonrecurring engineering services from early stage technology are recorded as an 
offset  to  product  development  expense  incurred  in  support  of  this  effort  and  serve  as  a  mechanism  to  partially  recover 
development  expenditures.  These  reimbursements  are  recognized  upon  completion  and  acceptance  by  the  customer  of 
contract deliverables or milestones. The Company recorded approximately $3,000, $2,400, and $10,750 as offset to research 
and development expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Sales and Marketing Expense  

Sales  and  marketing  expense  consists  of  salaries,  stock-based  compensation,  employee  benefits,  travel,  trade  show 
costs,  amortization  of  intangibles  and  others.  The  Company  expenses  sales  and  marketing  costs  as  incurred.  Advertising 
expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were not material.  

General and Administrative Expense  

General and administrative expense consists of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits and expenses 
for  executive  management,  legal,  finance  and  others.  In  addition,  general  and  administrative  expense  includes  fees  for 
professional services and occupancy costs. These costs are expensed as incurred. 

67 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Income Taxes 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of 
assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are 
expected  to  reverse.  The  Company  recognizes  the  deferred  income  tax  effects  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  in  the  period  of 
enactment. The Company must also make judgments in evaluating whether deferred tax assets will be recovered from future 
taxable income. To the extent that it believes that recovery is not likely, the Company must establish a valuation allowance. 
The carrying value of the Company’s net deferred tax asset is based on whether it is more likely than not that the Company 
will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize these deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is established for 
deferred tax assets which the Company does not believe meet the “more likely than not” criteria. The Company’s judgments 
regarding future taxable income may change over time due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws, tax planning 
strategies or other factors. If the Company’s assumptions and consequently its estimates change in the future, the valuation 
allowance the Company has established may be increased or decreased, resulting in a material respective increase or decrease 
in income tax expense (benefit) and related impact on the Company’s reported net income (loss).  

In  accordance  with  FASB’s  guidance  on  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  the  Company  performs  a 
comprehensive review of uncertain tax positions regularly. In this regard, an uncertain tax position represents an expected 
treatment of a tax position taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim, which has not 
been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes. Until these positions are sustained by the 
taxing authorities, the Company does not recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions and reports the tax effects 
as a liability for uncertain tax positions in the consolidated financial statements. The Company recognizes potential interest 
and penalties on uncertain tax positions within provision (benefit) for income taxes on the consolidated statement of income. 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Reform Act”) was signed into law. The Tax Reform Act 
contains significant changes to U.S. federal corporate income taxation, including a reduction of the corporate tax rate from 
35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, a one-time transition tax on deemed mandatory repatriation of accumulated earnings 
and profits of foreign  subsidiaries  in  conjunction with  the elimination of U.S.  tax on dividend distributions from  foreign 
subsidiaries, and a temporary 100% first-year depreciation deduction for certain capital investments. The effect of the tax law 
changes must be recognized in the period of enactment. As a result of the change in tax rate, the deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are required to be remeasured to reflect their value at a lower tax rate of 21%. In December 2017, the SEC staff 
issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (SAB 118), 
which allows the Company to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the 
enactment date. The Company is in the process of completing the evaluation of the Tax Reform Act on the business and 
financial  condition.  The  Company  made  reasonable  estimates  of  the  effects  of  the  tax  law  changes,  including  the 
remeasurement of the existing deferred tax balances and mandatory repatriation of deferred foreign earnings. See Note 11 for 
additional information. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

Stock-based compensation for stock option and restricted stock units issued to the Company’s employees is measured 
at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is 
the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. The fair value of restricted stock units is based on the fair market value of the 
Company’s  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  Historically,  the  Company  granted  stock  options  to  employees  and  the 
Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for valuing stock option awards granted to employees and directors 
at the grant date. Determining the fair value of stock option awards at the grant date requires the input of various assumptions, 
including fair value of the underlying common stock, expected future share price volatility, expected term, risk-free interest 
rate and dividend rate. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the options. The Company based 
its estimate of expected volatility on the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The 
risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the  U.S.  Treasury  yields  in  effect  at  the  time  of  grant  for  periods  corresponding  to  the 
expected life of the options. The weighted average expected life of options was calculated using the simplified method. This 
decision was based on the lack of relevant historical data due to the Company’s limited experience. The expected dividend 
yield is zero because the Company has not historically paid dividends and has no present intention to pay dividends. The 
Company establishes the estimated forfeiture rates based on historical experience. The value of the portion of the award that 
is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period which is equal to the vesting period. 

68 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The Company has elected to treat share-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service 
conditions  as  single  awards  and  recognizes  stock-based  compensation  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  (net  of  estimated 
forfeitures) over the requisite service period. 

The Company recognizes non-employee stock-based compensation expenses based on the estimated fair value of the 
equity instrument determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the 
stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of each non-employee 
variable stock award is re-measured each period until a commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date. 

Earnings per Share  

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income allocable to common stockholders by the weighted average 
number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net 
income allocable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted for the 
effects of potentially dilutive common stock, which are comprised of stock options, restricted stock units, employee share 
purchase plan and the shares that could be issued upon conversion of the Company’s convertible debt. The capped call options 
in connection with the issuance of the convertible notes are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as 
their impact is always anti-dilutive. 

Segment Information  

The  Company  operates  in one reporting  segment  related  to  the  design,  development  and  sale of high-speed  analog 
connectivity components that operate to maintain, amplify and improve signal integrity at high-speeds in a wide variety of 
applications. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews operating results 
on an aggregate basis and manages the Company’s operations as a single operating segment. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance on “Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers.” The new revenue recognition guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how 
revenue is recognized. The guidance requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled 
for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The FASB issued several updates to the guidance. The Company 
will adopt the new revenue guidance effective January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective transition method applied to 
those contracts which were not completed as of that date. Upon adoption, the Company will recognize the cumulative effect 
of adopting this guidance as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings which is not material. Prior periods 
will not be retrospectively adjusted. Under the new guidance, the Company will recognize revenue on sales to distributors 
upon  shipment  and  transfer  of  control  (known  as  “sell-in”  revenue  recognition),  rather  than  deferring  recognition  until 
distributors report that they have sold the products to their customers (known as “sell-through” revenue recognition). The 
Company  expects  the  adoption  of  this  guidance  will  not  have  a  material  impact  to  the  presentation  of  revenues  in  the 
consolidated statement of income (loss). 

In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance applying to inventory measured using any other method other than last-in, 
last-out method. Under this guidance inventory is measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The net realizable 
value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less  reasonably  predictable  costs  of  completion, 
disposal, and transportation. The guidance is applied prospectively and is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 
2017. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and 
related disclosures. 

In January 2016, the FASB issued guidance that requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the 
equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes 
in fair value recognized in net income. However, an entity may choose to measure equity investments that do not have readily 
determinable fair values at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in 
orderly  transactions  for  the  identical  or  a  similar  investment  of  the  same  issuer.  The  guidance  simplifies  the  impairment 
assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify 
impairment. When a qualitative assessment indicates that impairment exists, an entity is required to measure the investment 
at fair value. The guidance eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant 

69 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized 
cost on the balance sheet, and requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of 
financial  instruments  for  disclosure  purposes.  The  guidance  also  requires  an  entity  to  present  separately  in  other 
comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-
specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option 
for financial instruments. Separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form 
of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial 
statements is required under this guidance. The guidance further clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation 
allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax 
assets. The guidance is applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the 
fiscal year of adoption and is effective for the Company in its first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early adoption is permitted only if 
certain criteria is met. The Company expects the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact to the consolidated 
financial statements. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance that requires companies that lease assets (lessees) to recognize on the 
balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by the leases with lease terms of more than 12 
months. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company 
is currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued guidance that eliminates the requirement that when an investment qualifies for use of 
the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust 
the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by-step basis as if the equity method had 
been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. The guidance requires that the equity method 
investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held 
interest  and  adopt  the  equity  method  of  accounting  as  of  the  date  the  investment  becomes  qualified  for  equity  method 
accounting. Therefore, upon qualifying for the equity method of accounting, no retroactive adjustment of the investment is 
required. The guidance also requires that an entity that has an available-for-sale equity security that becomes qualified for the 
equity  method  of  accounting  recognize  through  earnings  the  unrealized  holding  gain  or  loss  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income at the date the investment becomes qualified for use of the equity method. The guidance is effective 
for  the  Company  beginning  after  January  1,  2017.  The  adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued guidance related to the classification of certain transactions on the statement of cash 
flows. The guidance will be effective for calendar year-end public companies in 2018, however early adoption is permitted. 
The Company expects the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact to the consolidated statements of cash 
flows. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued guidance which amends the financial reporting for the income tax consequences of 
intra-entity transfers other than inventory. The guidance requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of an 
intra-entity transfer of an asset (with the exception of inventory) when the transfer occurs. The guidance will be effective for 
calendar year-end public companies in 2018, however early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted this standard 
and the effect of adoption is discussed in Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements. 

In  January 2017,  the  FASB issued guidance  on  classifying  the definition of  a business.  This guidance  clarifies  the 
definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should 
be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This guidance will be effective for calendar year-end 
public  companies  in  2018.  Early  adoption  is  permitted  for  transactions  for  which  the  acquisition  date  occurs  before  the 
effective date of the guidance only when the transaction has not been reported in financial statements that have been issued. 

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  to  simplify  the  measurement  of  goodwill  by  eliminating  the  Step  2 
impairment  test.  Step  2  measures  a  goodwill  impairment  loss  by  comparing  the  implied  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit’s 
goodwill  with  the  carrying  amount  of  that  goodwill.  The  new  guidance  requires  an  entity  to  compare  the  fair  value  of  a 
reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount 
exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax deductible 
goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The new 
guidance becomes effective for goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, though early 

70 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  impact  that  this  guidance  will  have  on  its  consolidated 
financial statements. 

In May 2017, the FASB issued guidance to clarify when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-
based payment award as a modification. Under the guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the 
vesting conditions, or the classification of the award changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The guidance 
will be effective for calendar year-end beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this standard is not expected to 
have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

2. Acquisitions 

On December 12, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of ClariPhy Communications, Inc. for $303,661 in 
cash. The Company acquired ClariPhy to provide a complete coherent platform to the Company’s customers in long haul, 
metro, and datacenter interconnect applications. Cash of $30,000 was placed in an escrow fund for up to 24 months following 
the closing for the satisfaction of certain potential indemnification claims. The consolidated financial statements include the 
results of operations of ClariPhy as of the acquisition date. 

The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting which requires, among other things, 
that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The Company allocated 
the purchase price to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The 
fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management at the time 
of acquisition. As additional information becomes available, such as finalization of the estimated fair value of tax related 
items, the Company may revise the preliminary purchase price allocation during the measurement period (which will not 
exceed 12 months from the acquisition date). Any such revisions or changes may be material as the Company finalizes the 
fair values of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation: 

Preliminary  
Allocation  

Allocation 
Adjustments 

Final  
Allocation 

Cash ...........................................................................   $ 
Receivables ...............................................................     
Inventories .................................................................     
Other current assets ...................................................     
Property and equipment.............................................     
Identifiable intangible assets .....................................     
In-process research and development ........................     
Other noncurrent assets .............................................     
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other 

current liabilities ....................................................     
Deferred tax liabilities, noncurrent ............................     
Other liabilities ..........................................................     
Total identifiable net assets .......................................     
Goodwill ....................................................................     
Net assets acquired ....................................................   $ 

7,417    $ 
2,552      
13,774      
2,739      
6,163      
138,558      
97,340      
753      

(13,667)     
(42,958)     
(5,647)     
207,024      
96,637      
303,661    $ 

—    $ 
602      
—      
(123)     
—      
—      
—      
—      

2      
94      
—      
575      
(575)     
—    $ 

7,417  
3,154  
13,774  
2,616  
6,163  
138,558  
97,340  
753  

(13,665) 
(42,864) 
(5,647) 
207,599  
96,062  
303,661  

As of the acquisition date, the fair value of receivables, other assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other 

liabilities approximated the book value acquired.  

71 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
    
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of intangible assets and their estimated useful lives as of the 

date of acquisition: 

Estimated  
Fair Value 

Estimated  
Useful Life  
(Years) 

Developed technology .................................................................................................   $ 
Customer relationships ................................................................................................     
Trade name ..................................................................................................................     
Software ......................................................................................................................     
In-process research and development ..........................................................................     
  $ 

66,450      
62,370      
1,390      
8,348      
97,340      
235,898        

1-6  
7  
5  
1-3  
—  

Developed technology was valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach. This 
method involves discounting the direct cash flow expected to be generated by the technologies over their remaining lives, net 
of returns on contributory assets. The estimated useful life was determined based on the technology cycle related to each 
product family and its expected contribution to forecasted revenue. Customer relationships were valued using the incremental 
cash flow approach which involved discounting management’s estimate of the incremental revenues afforded by having the 
existing customer relationships in place as of the acquisition date, net of operating expense, taxes and returns on contributory 
assets. The estimated useful life was determined based on the estimated customer product or program ramp-up period required 
to develop the similar existing customer revenue base. Trade name was valued based on application of relief-from-royalty 
approach under the income approach. This method is based on the application of a royalty rate to forecasted revenue. The 
estimated useful life was determined based on the expected life of the trade names, the history of the trade names and the 
cash flows anticipated over the forecasted periods. In-process research and development was valued using the multi-period 
excess earnings method under the income approach, with the additional inclusion of estimated costs required to complete the 
projects.  

The  Company  capitalized  $97,340  of  IPR&D  costs  related  to  the  ClariPhy  acquisition.  Upon  completion  of  the 
remaining project, the related IPR&D assets will be amortized over their estimated useful lives. If the project is abandoned, 
the Company will be required to impair the related IPR&D asset. The following table summarizes the details of the IPR&D: 

Description 

IPR&D 

Percentage of 
Completion 

Estimated Cost 
to  
Complete 

Expected Release 
Date 

M200 ...........................................    $ 

60,500      

Lightspeed III ..............................      

36,840      

67%   $ 

26%     

12,064      

39,176      

2018  

2019  

Discount  rates  of  17%  to  20%  were  applied  to  the  projected  cash  flows  to  reflect  the  risk  related  to  these  IPR&D 

projects. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  abandoned  the  Lightspeed  III  project  resulting  in  an 
impairment charge of $47,014, of which $10,174 was included in the cost of revenue and $36,840 was included in the research 
and development expenses in the consolidated statement of income (loss). The abandonment of the project was primarily 
related to change in product roadmap that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and is attributable 
to the work force of ClariPhy, the Company’s going concern value with the opportunity to leverage its work force to develop 
new  technologies  and  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  grow  the  business  faster  and  more  profitable  than  was  possible  by 
ClariPhy as a stand-alone company. Goodwill is not amortized and is not deductible for tax purposes. 

The Company incurred acquisition costs of $1,738 which are included in general and administrative expense in the 

consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

72 

 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
    
  
  
      
       
        
       
   
  
      
       
        
       
   
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

ClariPhy contributed revenue of $1,128 and pre-tax loss of $2,361 to the Company for the period from December 12, 

2016 to December 31, 2016. 

Pro Forma Information 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents a summary of the Company’s consolidated results 
of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, assuming the ClariPhy acquisition had been completed as of 
January 1, 2015. The pro forma information includes adjustments to amortization and depreciation for intangible assets and 
property  and  equipment  acquired,  amortization  of  the  purchase  accounting  effect  on  inventory  acquired  from  ClariPhy, 
interest income for reduction in short-term investments to fund the acquisition and interest expense from assumed debt issued 
to fund the acquisition. 

Pro Forma 
Year Ended 
December 31, 
2016  
(unaudited) 

Pro Forma 
Year Ended 
December 31, 
2015  
(unaudited) 

Revenue .................................................................................................................   $ 
Net income (loss) ..................................................................................................   $ 
Earnings per share – basic .....................................................................................   $ 
Earnings per share – diluted ..................................................................................   $ 

304,820    $ 
48,481    $ 
1.20    $ 
1.10    $ 

228,040  
(48,356) 
(1.25) 
(1.25) 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated results were prepared using the acquisition method of accounting and are based 
on the historical financial information of the Company and ClariPhy, reflecting the results of operations for the years ended 
December  31,  2016  and  2015.  The  unaudited  pro  forma  consolidated  results  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  what  the 
Company’s consolidated results of operations actually would have been had the Company completed the acquisition as of the 
beginning of the period presented. In addition, the unaudited pro forma consolidated results do not purport to project the 
future  results  of  operations  of  the  combined  company  nor  do  they  reflect  the  expected  realization  of  any  cost  savings 
associated with the acquisition. 

3. Discontinued Operations 

As discussed in Note 1, on August 4, 2016, the Company completed the sale of its memory product business (the 
“Business”) to Rambus for $90,000 in cash, $11,250 of which was placed into escrow for a period of the twelve months 
following the closing as security for the Company’s indemnification obligations pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement 
dated  June  29,  2016.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  received  $10,690  from  the  escrow.  The 
divestiture of the Business was part of a strategic plan to focus on and increase investments in the Company’s communication 
business. The Company recorded a gain of $78,544 in the year ended December 31, 2016. The results of operations of the 
Business are shown in net income from discontinued operations. The Company’s consolidated financial statements and the 
accompanying notes for current and prior periods have been restated to reflect the discontinued operations presentation. 

The components of the gain on sale of the Business were as follows: 

Cash proceeds from sale ...........................................................................................................................   $ 
Less book value of assets sold: 

Inventories ............................................................................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses ...................................................................................................................................     
Property and equipment ........................................................................................................................     
Goodwill ...............................................................................................................................................     
Deferred revenue ..................................................................................................................................     
Liabilities ..............................................................................................................................................     
Gain on sale ..............................................................................................................................................   $ 

90,000  

(5,947) 
(250) 
(7,051) 
(714) 
1,757  
749  
78,544  

73 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The results of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015: 

Revenue ......................................................................................................................   $ 
Cost of revenue ...........................................................................................................     
Operating expenses ....................................................................................................     
Other income ..............................................................................................................     
Gain on sale ................................................................................................................     
Provision for income taxes .........................................................................................     
Net income from discontinued operations ..................................................................   $ 

24,418    $ 
(13,367)     
(15,029)     
176      
78,544      
(1,799)     
72,943    $ 

53,906  
(25,600) 
(23,771) 
—  
—  
(2,125) 
2,410  

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2016  

The results of discontinued operations include the following: 

Depreciation and amortization ...................................................................................   $ 
Stock-based compensation expense ...........................................................................     
Property and equipment expenditures ........................................................................     

1,103    $ 
2,194      
2,455      

2,044 
4,980 
2,265 

In connection with the sale of the Business, the Company entered into a transition service agreement with Rambus 
under which the Company provided certain services on an interim, transitional basis, for a period of six months. The total 
amount billed to Rambus for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $1,563. 

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2016  

4. Investments  

The following table summarizes the investments by investment category: 

December 31, 2017 

Gross  
Unrealized  
Gain 

Gross  
Unrealized  
Loss 

    Fair Value    

   Cost 

Available-for-sale securities: ...............................................       
Municipal bonds ..............................................................   $ 
Corporate notes/bonds .....................................................     
Variable rate demand notes ..............................................     
Asset-backed securities ....................................................     
Commercial paper ............................................................     
Total investments ................................................................   $ 

27,725    $ 
146,549      
3,500      
7,197      
57,006      
241,977    $ 

—    $ 
49      
—      
—      
1      
50    $ 

(68)   $ 
(197)     
—      
(12)     
(13)     
(290)   $ 

27,657  
146,401  
3,500  
7,185  
56,994  
241,737  

December 31, 2016 
Gross  
Unrealized  
Loss 

Gross  
Unrealized  
Gain 

    Fair Value    

   Cost 

Available-for-sale securities: 

US treasury securities ......................................................   $ 
Municipal bonds ..............................................................     
Corporate notes/bonds .....................................................     
Variable rate demand notes ..............................................     
Asset-backed securities ....................................................     
Commercial paper ............................................................     
Total investments ................................................................   $ 

3,999    $ 
45,289      
112,330      
58,930      
5,221      
23,945      
249,714    $ 

1    $ 
3      
36      
—      
2      
2      
44    $ 

—    $ 
(121)     
(161)     
—      
—      
—      
(282)   $ 

4,000  
45,171  
112,205  
58,930  
5,223  
23,947  
249,476  

74 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
        
         
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

As  of  December 31,  2017,  the  Company  had  102  investments  that  were  in  an  unrealized  loss  position.  The  gross 
unrealized losses on these investments at December 31, 2017 were primarily due to changes in interest rates and determined 
to be temporary in nature. The Company reviews the investments to identify and evaluate investments that have an indication 
of  possible  other-than-temporary  impairment.  Factors  considered  in  determining  whether  a  loss  is  other-than-temporary 
include the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than the cost basis, the financial condition and near-
term prospects of the investee, and the intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any 
anticipated recovery in market value. 

The realized gain related to the Company’s available-for-sale investment, which was reclassified from accumulated 

other comprehensive income, was included in other income in the consolidated statements of income.  

The contractual maturities of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2017 are presented in the following table:  

Cost 

Fair Value 

Due in one year or less ....................................................................................   $ 
Due between one and five years ......................................................................     
Due after five years .........................................................................................     
  $ 

172,561    $ 
65,916      
3,500      
241,977    $ 

172,443  
65,794  
3,500  
241,737  

In  2016,  the  Company  used  cash  to  purchase  minority  interests  in  early  stage  private  companies  for  $8,000.  The 
Company’s ownership in these entities are less than 10% and the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant 
influence over operating and financial policies of the entities, therefore, the investments are accounted for under the cost 
method and included in other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of both December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
the total cost method investments were $10,000. No impairments were recorded for these cost method investments for the 
years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. In July 2016, the Company sold its minority interest in a cost method investment 
for $8,759, of which $2,414 was held in escrow. The gain on sale of $1,138 was included in other income in the consolidated 
statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

5. Concentrations  

Financial  instruments  that  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  primarily  of  cash,  cash 
equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company extends differing levels of credit to customers and does not require 
collateral deposits. As of both December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has allowance for doubtful accounts of $155. As 
of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  the  Company  has  allowance  for  distributors’  price  discount  of  $1,292  and  $2,643, 
respectively. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  significant  customers’  and  distributors’  accounts  receivable  and  revenue  as  a 

percentage of total accounts receivable and total revenue, respectively:  

Accounts Receivable 
Customer A .............................................................................................................     
Customer B ..............................................................................................................     
Customer C ..............................................................................................................     
Customer D .............................................................................................................     

December 31,  

2017  

2016  

29%     
14       
13       
 *       

Revenue 
Customer A ......................................................................     
Customer B .......................................................................     
Customer C .......................................................................     

2017  

Year Ended December 31, 
2016  

2015  

12%     
*       
12       

*       
*       
13%     

*  
*  
22% 
13  

*  
*  
*  

* 

Less than 10% of total receivable or total revenue 

75 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Customer A is a subcontractor of a direct customer that would be a “Customer E” above. In the aggregate, revenue to 
Customer A and Customer E as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 17% for the year ended December 31, 2017. 
Customer C is a subcontractor of direct customer that would be a “Customer F” above. In the aggregate, revenue to Customer 
C and Customer F as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 14% and 16% for the years ended December 31, 2017 
and  2016,  respectively.  In  addition,  the  Company  sells  direct  and  indirectly  through  subcontractors  to  what  would  be  a 
“Customer  G”  above.  The  Company  believes  in  the  aggregate,  revenue  to  Customer  G,  including  its  subcontractors  as  a 
percentage of total revenue was approximately 11% and 12% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

6. Inventories  

Inventories consist of the following: 

Raw materials ..........................................................................................................   $ 
Work in process .......................................................................................................     
Finished goods.........................................................................................................     
  $ 

12,267    $ 
13,800      
5,654      
31,721    $ 

1,648  
15,999  
14,392  
32,039  

There were no finished goods held by distributors as of December 31, 2017. Finished goods include amounts held by 

December 31,  

2017  

2016 

distributors of $805 as of December 31, 2016. 

7. Property and Equipment, net  

Property and equipment consist of the following: 

Laboratory and production equipment ...................................................................   $ 
Office, software and computer equipment .............................................................     
Furniture and fixtures .............................................................................................     
Leasehold improvements ........................................................................................     

Less accumulated depreciation ...............................................................................     
  $ 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

94,609    $ 
28,594      
1,698      
7,250      
132,151      
(71,807)     
60,344    $ 

64,402  
25,248  
1,396  
6,707  
97,753  
(53,282) 
44,471  

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $20,631, $15,943, 

and $12,106, respectively.  

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, computer software costs included in property and equipment were $7,181 and 
$6,453, respectively. Amortization expense of capitalized computer software costs was $1,038, $1,152, and $1,011 for the 
years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

Property and equipment not paid as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $3,339 and $4,221, respectively. 

The Company leases certain equipment under capital lease agreements. Assets held under capital leases are included 
in property and equipment above. Gross amount and accumulated depreciation of assets under capital lease as of December 
31, 2017 was $3,639 and $898, respectively. Gross amount and accumulated depreciation of assets under capital lease as of 
December 31, 2016 was $3,698 and $36, respectively. 

76 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The minimum lease payments under capital leases as of December 31, 2017 are as follows: 

2018 ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2019 ......................................................................................................................................................     
2020 ......................................................................................................................................................     
2021 ......................................................................................................................................................     
Total minimum lease payments ............................................................................................................     
Less: Amount representing interest ......................................................................................................     
Minimum lease payments, net of interest .............................................................................................    $ 

662  
504  
364  
93  
1,623  
227  
1,396  

8. Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets  

The following table presents details of identifiable intangible assets: 

   Gross 

Developed technology ..........................   $ 126,300    $ 
70,540      
Customer relationships .........................     
2,310      
Trade name ...........................................     
1,579      
Patents ..................................................     
47,039      
Software ...............................................     
60,500      
In-process research and development ...     
  $ 308,268    $ 

December 31, 2017 
Accumulated 
Amortization      Net 
53,533    $
11,954      
888      
734      
18,226      
—      

     Gross 
72,767     $ 138,020    $ 
70,540      
58,586       
2,310      
1,422       
1,579      
845       
47,394      
28,813       
97,340      
60,500       
85,335    $ 222,933     $ 357,183    $ 

December 31, 2016 
Accumulated 
Amortization      Net 

26,579     $ 111,441  
68,313  
2,227       
1,884  
426       
1,027  
552       
47,058  
336       
97,340  
—       
30,120     $ 327,063  

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company abandoned a project related to certain developed technology 
and in-process research and development from the ClariPhy acquisition resulting in an impairment charge of $47,014, of 
which $10,174 was included in the cost of revenue and $36,840 was included in the research and development expenses in 
the  consolidated  statement  of  income  (loss).  The  abandonment  of  the  project  was  primarily  related  to  change  in  product 
roadmap that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017. 

During  the  year  ended December  31,  2015,  the  Company  abandoned  the  project  related  to  in-process  research  and 
development  and  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of  $1,750  included  in  the  research  and  development  expenses  in  the 
consolidated statements of income. 

The following table presents amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015: 

2017  

Year Ended December 31,  
2016  

2015  

28,502     $ 
18,352      
9,727      
643      
57,224     $ 

12,223     $ 
336      
1,209      
402      
14,170     $ 

11,499  
—  
817  
418  
12,734  

Cost of revenue ......................................................................    $ 
Research and development ....................................................     
Sales and marketing ..............................................................     
General and administrative ....................................................     

   $ 

77 

 
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Based on the amount of intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2017, the expected amortization 

expense for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows: 

2018 ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2019 ......................................................................................................................................................     
2020 ......................................................................................................................................................     
2021 ......................................................................................................................................................     
2022 ......................................................................................................................................................     
Thereafter .............................................................................................................................................     

   $ 

52,367  
48,619  
21,118  
17,919  
12,161  
10,249  
162,433  

The weighted-average amortization periods remaining by intangible asset category were as follows (in years): 

Developed technology ...........................................................................................................................      
Customer relationship ...........................................................................................................................      
Trade name ............................................................................................................................................      
Patents ...................................................................................................................................................      
Software ................................................................................................................................................      

3.1  
6.0  
3.5  
8.9  
1.9  

During the year ended December 31, 2017, goodwill decreased by $575, as a result of purchase price allocation 
adjustment from the ClariPhy acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2016, goodwill increased by $95,923, as a 
result of an addition of $96,637 from the ClariPhy acquisition, partially offset by a reduction of $714 from the sale of memory 
product business. 

9. Convertible Debt  

In December 2015,  the  Company  issued $230,000 of 1.125%  convertible  senior notes due  2020  (Convertible Notes 
2015). The Convertible Notes 2015 will mature December 1, 2020, unless earlier converted or repurchased. Interest on the 
Convertible Notes 2015 is payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on June 1, 2016. The initial conversion 
rate  is 24.8988 shares  of  common  stock  per  $1  principal  amount  of  Convertible  Notes  2015,  which  represents  an  initial 
conversion price of approximately $40.16 per share.  The Convertible Notes 2015 will be subject to repurchase at the option 
of the holders following certain fundamental corporate changes, at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of 
the  principal  amount  of  the notes  to be repurchased, plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest  to, but  excluding,  the fundamental 
change repurchase date. The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for any 
accrued and unpaid interest. Certain corporate events that occur prior to the stated maturity date can cause the Company to 
increase the conversion rate for a holder. 

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding June 1, 2020, holders may convert all or any 
portion of their Convertible Notes 2015 only under the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter commencing 
after the calendar quarter ending on March 31, 2016 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of 
the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive 
trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of 
the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading 
day period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” per $1 principal amount of notes, as determined following 
a request by a holder of notes in accordance with procedures specified in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes 2015, 
for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the common 
stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after 
June 1, 2020, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders 
may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or 
deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock, at the 
Company’s election. The Company's current intent is to settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes 2015 in cash 
upon conversion. If the conversion value exceeds the principal amount, the Company would deliver shares of its common 
stock in respect to the remainder of its conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount (conversion spread). 

The Convertible Notes 2015 are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to maturity. 

78 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The Convertible Notes 2015 are governed by the terms of an indenture (Indenture 2015). The Indenture 2015 does not 
contain any financial or operating covenants, or restrictions on the payments of dividends, the incurrence of indebtedness or 
the issuance or repurchase of securities by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Indenture 2015 contains customary 
terms  and  covenants  in  events  of  default.  If  an  event  of  default  (other  than  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or 
reorganization  involving  the  Company)  occurs  and  is  continuing,  the  trustee  under  the  Indenture  2015  by  notice  to  the 
Company, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Convertible Notes 2015 by notice to the 
Company and the trustee, may, and the trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare 100% of the principal of and 
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Convertible Notes 2015 to be due and payable. Upon the occurrence of certain 
events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization involving the Company, 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid 
interest, if any, on all of the Convertible Notes 2015 will become due and payable automatically. Upon such a declaration of 
acceleration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding 
the foregoing, the Indenture 2015 provides that, to the extent the Company elects, the sole remedy for an event of default 
relating  to  certain  failures  by  the  Company  to  comply  with  certain  reporting  covenants  in  the  Indenture  2015  consists 
exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Convertible Notes 2015. As of December 31, 2017, none of the 
conditions allowing holders of the Convertible Notes 2015 to convert had been met. 

In accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Notes 2015, the Company separated the Convertible Notes 2015 into 
liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated 
fair  value  of  a  similar  liability  that  does  not  have  an  associated  convertible  feature.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  equity 
component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from 
the face value of the Convertible Notes 2015 as a whole. The excess of the face amount of the liability component over its 
carrying amount is amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes 2015 using the effective interest 
method. The gross proceeds of $230,000 were accordingly allocated between long-term debt of $175,974 and stockholders' 
equity of $54,026. Issuance costs of $6,359, of which $6,007 were paid as of December 31, 2015 and the remainder paid in 
2016, were allocated between long-term debt ($4,864) and equity ($1,495). The total interest expense recognized for the year 
ended December 31, 2017 was $13,574, which consists of $2,588 of contractual interest expense, $10,079 of amortization of 
debt  discount  and  $907  of  amortization  of  debt  issuance  costs.  The  total  interest  expense  recognized  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016 was $12,853, which consists of $2,577 of contractual interest expense, $9,427 of amortization of debt 
discount and $849 of amortization of debt issuance costs. The total interest expense recognized for the year ended December 
31, 2015 was $783, which consists of $192 of contractual interest expense, $543 of amortization of debt discount and $48 of 
amortization of debt issuance costs. The issuance costs allocated to long-term debt is presented in the balance sheet as offset 
against long-term debt. 

In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Convertible  Notes  2015,  the  Company  entered  into  capped  call  transactions 
(Capped Call) in private transactions. Under the Capped Call, the Company purchased capped call options that in aggregate 
relate to 100% of the total number of shares of the Company's common stock underlying the Convertible Notes 2015, with a 
strike  price  approximately  equal  to  the  conversion  price  of  the  Convertible  Notes  2015  and  with  a  cap  price  equal 
to $52.06 per share. The capped calls were purchased for $17,802 and recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in-capital in 
accordance with ASC 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. 

The purchased Capped Call allows the Company to receive shares of its common stock and/or cash from counterparties 
equal to the amounts of common stock and/or cash related to the excess of the market price per share of the common stock, 
as measured under the terms of the Capped Call over the strike price of the Capped Call during the relevant valuation period. 
The  purchased  Capped  Call  is  intended  to  reduce  the  potential  dilution  to  common  stock  upon  future  conversion  of  the 
Convertible Notes 2015 by effectively increasing the initial conversion price to $52.06 as well as to offset potential cash 
payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes 2015 in applicable 
events. 

The Capped Call is a separate transaction entered into by the Company with the option counterparties, are not part of 

the terms of the Convertible Notes 2015 and will not change the holders' rights under the Convertible Notes 2015. 

In September 2016, the Company issued $287,500 of 0.75% convertible senior notes due 2021 (Convertible Notes 2016 
and together with the Convertible Notes 2015, the Convertible Notes). The Convertible Notes 2016 will mature September 
1, 2021, unless earlier converted or repurchased. Interest on the Convertible Notes 2016 is payable on March 1 and September 
1 of each year, beginning on March 1, 2017. The initial conversion rate is 17.7508 shares of common stock per $1 principal 
amount  of  Convertible  Notes  2016,  which  represents  an  initial  conversion  price  of  approximately  $56.34  per  share.  The 

79 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Convertible Notes 2016 will be subject to repurchase at the option of the holders following certain fundamental corporate 
changes, at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus 
accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. The conversion rate will be subject 
to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for any accrued and unpaid interest. Certain corporate events that occur 
prior to the stated maturity date can cause the Company to increase the conversion rate for a holder. 

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding March 1, 2021, holders may convert all or any 
portion of their Convertible Notes 2016 only under the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter commencing 
after the calendar quarter ending on December 31, 2016 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price 
of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive 
trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of 
the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading 
day period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” per $1 principal amount of notes, as determined following 
a request by a holder of notes in accordance with procedures specified in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes 2016, 
for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the common 
stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after 
March 1, 2021, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, 
holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will 
pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock, at 
the Company’s election. The Company's current intent is to settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes 2016 in cash 
upon conversion. If the conversion value exceeds the principal amount, the Company would deliver shares of its common 
stock in respect to the remainder of its conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount (conversion spread). 

The Convertible Notes 2016 are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to maturity. 

The Convertible Notes 2016 are governed by the terms of an indenture (Indenture 2016). The Indenture 2016 does not 
contain any financial or operating covenants, or restrictions on the payments of dividends, the incurrence of indebtedness or 
the issuance or repurchase of securities by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Indenture 2016 contains customary 
terms  and  covenants  in  events  of  default.  If  an  event  of  default  (other  than  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or 
reorganization  involving  the  Company)  occurs  and  is  continuing,  the  trustee  under  the  Indenture  2016  by  notice  to  the 
Company, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Convertible Notes 2016 by notice to the 
Company and the trustee under the Indenture 2016, may, and the trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare 100% of 
the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Convertible Notes 2016 to be due and payable. Upon the 
occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization involving the Company, 100% of the principal of 
and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the Convertible Notes 2016 will become due and payable automatically. 
Upon  such  a declaration of  acceleration, such  principal  and  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any, will  be  due  and payable 
immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indenture 2016 provides that, to the extent the Company elects, the sole 
remedy for an event of default relating to certain failures by the Company to comply with certain reporting covenants in the 
Indenture 2016 consists exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Convertible Notes 2016. As of December 
31, 2017, none of the conditions allowing holders of the Convertible Notes 2016 to convert had been met. 

In accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Notes 2016, the Company separated the Convertible Notes 2016 into 
liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated 
fair  value  of  a  similar  liability  that  does  not  have  an  associated  convertible  feature.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  equity 
component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from 
the face value of the Convertible Notes 2016 as a whole. The excess of the face amount of the liability component over its 
carrying amount is amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes 2016 using the effective interest 
method. The gross proceeds of $287,500 were accordingly allocated between long-term debt of $216,775 and stockholders' 
equity of $70,725. Issuance costs of $7,689, were allocated between long-term debt ($5,798) and equity ($1,891). The total 
interest expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $15,742, which consists of $2,154 of contractual 
interest expense, $12,559 of amortization of debt discount and $1,029 of amortization of debt issuance costs. The total interest 
expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $4,553, which consists of $651 of contractual interest expense, 
$3,607 of amortization of debt discount and $295 of amortization of debt issuance costs. The issuance costs allocated to long-
term debt is presented in the balance sheet as offset against long-term debt. 

80 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

In  connection with  the  issuance of  the  Convertible  Notes  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  capped  call  transactions 
(Capped Call 2016) in private transactions. Under the Capped Call 2016, the Company purchased capped call options that in 
aggregate relate to 100% of the total number of shares of the Company's common stock underlying the Convertible Notes 
2016, with a strike price approximately equal to the conversion price of the Convertible Notes 2016 and with a cap price 
equal  to  approximately  $73.03  per  share.  The  capped  calls  were  purchased  for  $22,540  and  recorded  as  a  reduction  to 
additional paid-in-capital in accordance with ASC 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. 

The  purchased  Capped  Call  2016  allows  the  Company  to  receive  shares  of  its  common  stock  and/or  cash  from 
counterparties equal to the amounts of common stock and/or cash related to the excess of the market price per share of the 
common stock, as measured under the terms of the Capped Call 2016 over the strike price of the Capped Call 2016 during 
the relevant valuation period. The purchased Capped Call 2016 is intended to reduce the potential dilution to common stock 
upon future conversion of the Convertible Notes 2016 by effectively increasing the initial conversion price to approximately 
$73.03 as well as to offset potential cash payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of the 
Convertible Notes 2016 in applicable events. 

The Capped Call 2016 is a separate transaction entered into by the Company with the option counterparties, are not 

part of the terms of the Convertible Notes 2016 and will not change the holders' rights under the Convertible Notes 2016. 

10. Other Liabilities  

Other current liabilities consist of the following: 

Obligations under capital lease ...............................................................................    $ 
Intangible asset liability ..........................................................................................      
Others .....................................................................................................................      
  $ 

539    $ 
16,892      
3,956      
21,387    $ 

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following: 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Deferred rent ..........................................................................................................    $ 
Income tax payable .................................................................................................      
Obligations under capital lease ...............................................................................      
Intangible asset liability ..........................................................................................      
Deferred tax liabilities ............................................................................................      
Others .....................................................................................................................      
  $ 

1,487    $ 
830      
857      
14,445      
6,146      
862      
24,627    $ 

11. Income Taxes  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes consists of the following: 

797  
14,688  
9,251  
24,736  

1,067  
1,554  
1,633  
32,651  
27,371  
668  
64,944  

United States ....................................................................................  $ 
Foreign .............................................................................................    
Total .................................................................................................  $ 

(77,649)  $ 
(18,431)    
(96,080)  $ 

(15,202) $ 
26,658     
11,456   $ 

(5,642) 
(4,462) 
(10,104) 

Year Ended December 31,  
2016  

2015  

2017  

81 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Income tax provision consisted of the following:  

Current: 
U.S. Federal .......................................................................................  $ 
U.S. State ...........................................................................................    
Foreign ..............................................................................................    

Deferred: 
U.S. Federal .......................................................................................    
U.S. State ...........................................................................................    
Foreign ..............................................................................................    

Total ..................................................................................................  $ 

Year Ended December 31,  
2016  

2015  

2017 

96    $ 
51     
1,105     
1,252     

(11,312)   
(613)   
(10,503)   
(22,428)   
(21,176)   

938   $ 
(22)   
35     
951     

(16,755)   
—     
747     
(16,008)   
(15,057) $ 

5,272  
187  
541  
6,000  

(114) 
(15) 
(14) 
(143) 
5,857  

Income tax provision differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% in 2017, 

2016 and 2015 to loss before income taxes as a result of the following:  

Year Ended December 31,  
2016 

2017 

2015 

Expenses (benefit) at statutory rate ....................................................   $
State income taxes ..............................................................................     
Research and development credits .....................................................     
Change in valuation allowance ...........................................................     
Impact of foreign operations ..............................................................     
Unrecognized tax benefits ..................................................................     
Stock-based compensation .................................................................     
Prior year return to provision adjustment ...........................................     
Effect of U. S. tax law change ............................................................     
Impairment of intangibles ..................................................................     
Other ...................................................................................................     
  $

(32,562)   $ 
(585)     
(12,983)     
40,028      
(1,951)     
3,596      
(10,248)     
1,105      
(4,602)     
(2,328)     
(646)     
(21,176)   $ 

3,895    $
222      
(8,566)     
9,768      
(13,570)     
3,151      
(9,925)     
(524)     
—      
—      
492      
(15,057)   $

(3,435 ) 
(4 ) 
(8,526 ) 
12,748   
2,652   
3,044   
143   
(392 ) 
—   
—   
(373 ) 
5,857   

82 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
   
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred taxes consist of the following:  

Deferred tax assets 
Net operating loss carry forwards ...................................................................................  $ 
Research and development credits .................................................................................    
Stock-based compensation .............................................................................................    
Accrued expenses and allowances ..................................................................................    
Amortization and depreciation .......................................................................................    
Other temporary differences ...........................................................................................    
Foreign tax credit ...........................................................................................................    
Valuation allowance .......................................................................................................    
Total deferred tax assets .................................................................................................    

Deferred tax liabilities 
Acquired intangible assets ..............................................................................................    
Acquired tangible assets .................................................................................................    
Convertible debt .............................................................................................................    
Amortization and depreciation .......................................................................................    
Other deferred tax liabilities ...........................................................................................    
Total deferred tax liabilities ...........................................................................................    
Deferred tax liabilities, net ..........................................................................................  $ 

December 31,  

2017  

2016  

34,366   $ 
62,118     
6,021     
2,004     
4,910     
4,018     
2,557     
(78,538)    
37,456     

(26,602)    
(255)    
(15,213)    
—     
(68)    
(42,138)    
(4,682)  $ 

38,337  
46,492  
9,225  
2,621  
—  
3,088  
1,290  
(38,631) 
62,422  

(55,563) 
(3,629) 
(30,177) 
(415) 
(9) 
(89,793) 
(27,371) 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Reform Act was signed into law. The Tax Reform Act contains significant changes to 
U.S. federal corporate income taxation, including a reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 
2018, a one-time transition tax on deemed mandatory repatriation of accumulated earnings and profits of foreign subsidiaries 
in conjunction with the elimination of U.S. tax on dividend distributions from foreign subsidiaries, and a temporary 100% 
first-year depreciation deduction for certain capital investments. The effect of the tax law changes must be recognized in the 
period of enactment. Pursuant to the Tax Reform Act, the Company computed a provisional estimate of the net tax benefit of 
$4,602 which includes the remeasurement of the federal deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 to reflect 
the reduced U.S. statutory corporate tax rate to 21%, the tax effect of the mandatory repatriation income which was absorbed 
into the Company’s net operating loss generated in the current year, the related valuation allowance offset, and valuation 
allowance release on deferred tax assets for the federal AMT credit that was made refundable by the Tax Reform Act. 

Valuation Allowance  

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that the Company believes is 
more likely than not to be realized. The determination of recording or releasing tax valuation allowances is made, in part, 
pursuant  to  an  assessment  performed  by  management  regarding  the  likelihood  that  the  Company  will  generate  sufficient 
future taxable income against which benefits of the deferred tax assets may or may not be realized. This assessment requires 
management to exercise significant judgment and make estimates with respect to the Company’s ability to generate revenue, 
gross  profits,  operating  income  and  taxable  income  in  future  periods.  Amongst  other  factors,  management  must  make 
assumptions regarding overall current and projected business and semiconductor industry conditions, operating efficiencies, 
the Company’s ability to timely develop, introduce and consistently manufacture new products to customers’ specifications, 
acceptance of new products, customer concentrations, technological change and the competitive environment which  may 
impact the Company’s ability to generate taxable income and, in turn, realize the value of the deferred tax assets. For the year 
ended December 31 2015, the Company used the tax law ordering approach of intraperiod allocation to allocate the benefit 
of windfall tax benefits based on provisions in the tax law that identify the sequence in which those amounts are utilized for 
tax  purposes.  The  Company  early  adopted  the  guidance  on  accounting  for  share-based  payments  to  employees  at  the 
beginning of 2016. Additionally, when determining whether uncertain tax positions are a source of income for valuation 
allowance purposes, the Company applies the tax law ordering approach to determine how these liabilities will ultimately be 
satisfied. 

83 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
  
   
  
     
  
  
  
   
  
     
  
  
   
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

At December 31, 2015 and 2016, a full valuation allowance was recorded on the deferred tax assets of U.S. and certain 
foreign subsidiaries. At December 31, 2017, the Company has a full valuation allowance recorded against the deferred tax 
assets of Canada, United Kingdom, and the U.S., with the exception of the federal refundable AMT credit. The Company has 
a partial valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets of Taiwan. 

The valuation allowance increased (decreased) $39,907, $5,064 and ($6,115) in the years ended December 31, 2017, 

2016 and 2015, respectively. 

The net increase of $39,907 in the valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2017 is comprised of $134 
increase charged to other comprehensive income, $158 decrease charged to goodwill, and $39,931 increase charged to income 
tax  provision.  The  valuation  allowance  charged  to  income  tax  provision  included  an  income  tax  benefit  from  the  partial 
release of the federal and state valuation allowance. The net increase of $5,064 in the valuation allowance for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 is comprised of $16,044 decrease charged to additional paid-in capital, offset by $305 increase charged 
to  other  comprehensive  income,  $3,088  increase  charged  to  goodwill,  $7,068  increase  charged  to  retained  earnings,  and 
$10,647 increase charged to income tax provision. The net decrease of $6,115 in the valuation allowance for the year ended 
December 31, 2015 is comprised of $18,383 decrease charged to additional paid-in capital, $2,168 decrease charged to other 
comprehensive income, offset by $767 increase charged to goodwill, and $13,669 increase charged to income tax provision.  

General Income Tax Disclosures  

The Company has net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately 
$206,996 and $88,680, respectively at December 31, 2017, that will begin to expire in 2022 for federal income tax purposes 
and in 2026 for state income tax purposes. At December 31, 2017, the Company has NOL carryforwards of $2,790 for its 
Taiwan subsidiary which begin to expire in 2020, and NOL carryforwards of $7,038 for the United Kingdom subsidiary, 
which does not expire. A full valuation allowance has been provided on U.S. NOL and United Kingdom NOL, and a partial 
valuation allowance has been provided on Taiwan NOL. 

At December 31, 2017, the Company has federal and state research and development (“R&D”) tax credit carryforwards 
of $40,118 and $42,248, respectively. The federal tax credits will begin to expire in 2024. Some state tax credits will begin 
to  expire  in  2021  and  some  do  not  expire.  At  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  has  Canadian  tax  credits  and  research 
expenditure claim carryforwards for its Canadian subsidiary of $9,457 and $3,060, respectively. The tax credits will begin to 
expire in 2027, and the research expenditure claim carryforwards do not expire. A full valuation allowance has been provided 
on R&D tax credit and research expenditure claim carryforwards. 

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code sections 382 and 383, use of the Company’s NOL and R&D credits generated prior 
to June 2004 are subject to an annual limitation due to a cumulative ownership percentage change that occurred in that period. 
The Company has had two changes in ownership, one in December 2000 and the second in June 2004, that resulted in an 
annual limitation on NOL and R&D credit utilization. The NOL and R&D credit carryover of Cortina, are also subject to 
annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code sections 382 and 383. The acquisition of Cortina caused an ownership change 
that resulted in an annual limitation, as well as Cortina’s legacy annual limitation amount from ownership changes prior to 
acquisition. The NOL and R&D credit carryforward which will expire unused due to annual limitation is not recognized for 
financial statement purposes and is not reflected in the above carryover amounts. 

The Company’s NOL carryforwards include Cortina’s federal and state pre-acquisition NOL of $49,152 and $3,919, 
respectively. These NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2024 for federal and 2026 for state. The Company’s NOL 
carryforwards also include ClariPhy’s federal and state pre-acquisition NOL of $46,601 and $68,177, respectively. These 
NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2032 for federal and 2028 for state. The Company’s R&D credit carryforwards 
included  Cortina’s  federal  and  state  pre-acquisition  credits  of  $6,033  and  $7,977,  respectively.  The  federal  R&D  credit 
carryforward will begin to expire in 2027. While some state tax credits will begin to expire in 2021, most do not expire. The 
utilization  of  Cortina  and  ClariPhy’s  pre-acquisition  tax  attributes  is  subject  to  certain  annual  limitations  under  Internal 
Revenue Code sections 382 and 383. No benefit for Cortina’s tax attributes was recorded upon the close of the acquisition, 
as the benefit from these tax attributes did not meet the "more-likely-than-not" standard. 

The Company operates under tax holiday in Singapore. The Singapore tax holiday allows for a reduced income tax rate 
of 5% effective through May 2020, and the Company is pursuing a renewal of the reduced tax rate subsequent to the current 
holiday  period.  The  Singapore  statutory  rate  is  17%.  The  tax  holiday  is  conditional  upon  meeting  certain  employment, 

84 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

activities and investment thresholds. As of December 31, 2017, the Company believes it has met all of the required thresholds. 
The Company qualified for a tax incentive program in Argentina that reduced the income tax rate to 14% through December 
31, 2019, with a return to the full statutory rate of 35% for periods thereafter. As a result of these reduced tax rates, foreign 
taxes increased (decreased) by $7,412 and ($6,216) for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There 
was no difference in foreign taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015 as the Company had a full valuation allowance in 
Singapore and did not have operations in Argentina. The effect of the tax holidays on diluted earnings per share was $0.18 
and ($0.14) for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

The following table summarizes the changes in gross unrecognized tax benefits: 

Year Ended December 31,  
2016  

2017  

2015  

Balance as of January 1 ....................................................................   $ 
Increases based on tax positions related to the current year .............     
Decreases based on tax positions of prior year .................................     
Gross increases for acquired unrecognized tax benefits ...................     
Statute of limitation expirations .......................................................     
Balance as of December 31 ..............................................................   $ 

56,503   $ 
4,656     
(13,452)    
—     
(101)    
47,606   $ 

46,453   $ 
5,450     
(1,766)   
6,585     
(219)   
56,503   $ 

44,081  
4,459  
(1,923) 
—  
(164) 
46,453  

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had approximately $575 of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would 
affect the effective income tax rate. The Company believes that before the end of next year, it is reasonably possible that the 
gross  unrecognized  tax  benefit  may  decrease  by  approximately  $119  due  to  statute  of  limitation  expiration  in  foreign 
jurisdictions.  

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax 
expense. The Company recorded $16 and $119 interest in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The 
Company had $113, $222 and $163 of interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states and certain foreign jurisdictions. 
The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for tax years ended on or before December 31, 
2011 or to California state income tax examinations for tax years ended on or before December 31, 2010. However, to the 
extent allowed by law, the tax authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses or tax credits 
were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the amount of the net operating loss or credit carryforward.  

The Tax Reform Act imposes a one-time mandatory transition federal income tax on accumulated foreign earnings and 
eliminates U.S. taxes on foreign subsidiary distribution. As a result, all previously deferred earnings of the foreign subsidiaries 
in the amount of $54,784 have been subject to U.S. tax in 2017. The Company’s deemed repatriated foreign earnings were 
fully offset by the U.S. net operating loss and resulted in no current tax liability. The Company intends to continue to reinvest 
these earnings indefinitely outside the U.S.  

The Company is currently under examination by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (“IRAS”) for the years 
2010, 2011 and 2012. The IRAS made an adjustment to the timing of deducting certain intercompany payments, the effect of 
which has been reflected in the provision and did not result in a material impact to the consolidated financial statements. As 
of the report date, the examination is ongoing.  

As  discussed  in  Note  1,  the  Company  early  adopted  ASU  2016-16,  Intra-Entity  Transfers  of  Assets  Other  Than 
Inventory, at the beginning of 2017. As a result of the adoption, the Company wrote off the unamortized deferred tax charge 
balance to retained earnings. At the same time, the Company recorded deferred tax asset on the difference between tax basis 
and financial reporting carrying value in the consolidated financial statements related to the intercompany transfer of an asset 
in prior years. The effect of the adoption resulted in a charge of $1,217 on the beginning balance of retained earnings. 

85 

 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

12. Earnings Per Share  

The following shows the reconciliation of weighted average shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings 

per share:  

Denominator 
Weighted average common stock—basic ...............................     
Effect of potentially dilutive securities: 

Add options to purchase common stock .............................     
Add unvested restricted stock unit ......................................     
Add employee stock purchase plan .....................................     
Add convertible debt ...........................................................     
Weighted average common stock—diluted ............................     

2017 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

42,165,213      

40,565,433       

38,580,330  

—      
—      
—      
—      
42,165,213      

1,300,649       
2,158,260       
8,240       
92,299       
44,124,881       

—  
—  
—  
—  
38,580,330  

The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as inclusion would have 

been anti-dilutive: 

Common stock options ...........................................................     
Unvested restricted stock unit ................................................     
Convertible debt .....................................................................     

2017 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

1,456,610      
2,935,500      
10,830,038      
15,222,148      

—       
284,871       
5,834,522       
6,119,393       

2015  

2,563,230  
4,672,806  
376,576  
7,612,612  

As discussed in Note 2, the Company early adopted ASU 2016-09 during the year ended December 31, 2016. Based 
on the new guidance, the excess tax benefit is no longer included in the weighted diluted common stock calculation under the 
treasury  stock  method  and  therefore,  increased  the  total  weighted  diluted  common  stock  by  993,720  in  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016. This change was applied prospectively. 

 13. Stock-Based Compensation 

In June 2010, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2010 
Plan”),  which  became  effective  in  November  2010.  The  2010  Plan  provides  for  the  grants  of  restricted  stock,  stock 
appreciation rights and stock unit awards to employees, non-employee directors, advisors and consultants. The Compensation 
Committee administers the 2010 Plan, including the determination of the recipient of an award, the number of shares subject 
to each award, whether an option is to be classified as an incentive stock option or nonstatutory option, and the terms and 
conditions of each award, including the exercise and purchase prices and the vesting or duration of the award. Options granted 
under the 2010 Plan are exercisable only upon vesting. At December 31, 2017, 4,285,254 shares of common stock have been 
reserved for future grants under the 2010 Plan. 

86 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Stock Option Awards 

The Company did not grant any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

The following table summarizes information regarding options outstanding: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016 ....................................     
Exercised ...............................................................................     
Outstanding at December 31, 2017 ....................................     
Exercisable at December 31, 2017 ......................................     
Vested as of December 31, 2017 .........................................     

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price Per 
Share  

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life  

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value  

10.86    
7.22    
11.67    
11.67    
11.67    

4.28  $ 

55,636 

3.26  $ 
3.26  $ 
3.26  $ 

33,578 
33,578 
33,578 

Number 
of 
Shares  
1,647,845   $ 
(300,982)    
1,346,863   $ 
1,346,863   $ 
1,346,863   $ 

The  intrinsic  value  of  options  outstanding,  exercisable  and  vested  and  expected  to  vest  is  calculated  based  on  the 
difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the respective balance sheet 
dates.  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $11,312, 
$15,390, and $10,696, respectively. The intrinsic value of exercised options is calculated based on the difference between the 
exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the exercise date. Cash received from the exercise of 
stock options was $2,214, $5,748, and $6,145, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.  

 Restricted Stock Units and Awards 

The  Company  granted  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  to  members  of  the  Board  and  its  employees.  Most  of  the 
Company’s outstanding RSUs vest over four years with vesting contingent upon continuous service. The Company estimates 
the fair value of RSUs using the market price of the common stock on the date of the grant. The fair value of these awards is 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. 

The following table summarizes information regarding outstanding restricted stock units:  

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date  
Fair Value  
Per Share 

Number of 
Shares  

Outstanding at December 31, 2016 ......................................................................     
Granted ....................................................................................................................     
Vested ......................................................................................................................     
Canceled ..................................................................................................................     
Outstanding at December 31, 2017 ......................................................................     
Expected to vest in the future as of December 31, 2017 .....................................     

4,448,630    $ 
1,475,285      
(1,658,207)     
(278,156)     
3,987,552    $ 
3,888,697      

27.29  
42.24  
22.39  
32.63  
34.48  

The RSUs include performance-based stock units subject to achievement of pre-established revenue goal and earnings 
per share on non-GAAP basis. Once the goals are met, the performance-based stock units are subject to four years of vesting 
from the original grant date, contingent upon continuous service. The total performance-based units that vested for the year 
ended  December  31,  2017  was  101,193.  As  of  December  31,  2017,  the  total  performance-based  units  outstanding  was 
324,663. 

87 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

In  December  2011,  the  Company  adopted  the  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (“ESPP”).  Participants  purchase  the 
Company's stock using payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of their total cash compensation. Pursuant to the terms 
of the ESPP, the "look-back" period for the stock purchase price is six months. Offering and purchase periods will begin on 
February 10 and August 10 of each year. Participants will be granted the right to purchase common stock at a price per share 
that is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company's common shares at the beginning or the end of each six-
month period. 

The ESPP imposes certain limitations upon an employee’s right to acquire common stock, including the following: (i) 
no employee shall be granted a right to participate if such employee immediately after the election to purchase common stock, 
would own stock possessing 5% or more to the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company, 
and (ii) no employee may be granted rights to purchase more than $25 fair value of common stock for each calendar year. 
The  maximum  aggregate  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  available  for  purchase  under  the  ESPP  is  1,750,000.  Total 
common stock issued under the ESPP during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was 171,099, 285,101, and 
326,764, respectively. 

The fair value of employee stock purchase plan is estimated at the start of offering period using the Black-Scholes 

option pricing model with the following average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:  

2017 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

Risk-free interest rate ................................................      
Expected life (in years) .............................................      
Dividend yield ...........................................................      
Expected volatility ....................................................      
Estimated fair value...................................................    $ 

0.94%     
0.50  
—  
42%     

11.03  

   $ 

0.45%     
0.50  
—  
54%     
  $ 

8.99  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense 

Stock-based compensation expense is included in the Company’s results of operations as follows:  

2017 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

Cost of revenue .........................................................    $ 
Research and development ........................................      
Sales and marketing ..................................................      
General and administrative .......................................      
Discontinued operations ............................................      
  $ 

2,045    $ 
28,846      
8,340      
5,602      
—      
44,833    $ 

1,796     $ 
17,390       
4,405       
4,407       
2,194       
30,192     $ 

0.14% 
0.50  
—  
42% 

5.77  

1,359  
13,268  
3,213  
5,473  
4,980  
28,293  

As of December 31, 2017, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options and awards prior to 
the consideration of expected forfeitures, was approximately $107,303, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-
average period of 2.75 years.  

The  Company  early  adopted  the  new  guidance  on  accounting  for  share-based  payments  to  employees  beginning 
January 1, 2016. The effect of adoption resulted to a net credit of $5,261 on the beginning balance of accumulated deficit 
from  previously  unrecorded  deferred  tax  assets  for  net  operating  loss  carryover  generated  by  windfall  tax  benefit.  The 
adoption increased weighted average diluted common stock by 993,720 in the year ended December 31, 2016. In addition, 
the current period’s excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation is presented as operating activity in the statement 
of cash flows. The change in the cash flow was adopted retrospectively and the Company reclassified $4,305 of excess tax 
benefit for the year ended December 31, 2015 from financing activity to operating activity. 

88 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

14. Employee Benefit Plan  

The Company has established a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan (the “Plan”) which permits participants to make 
contributions  by  salary  deduction  pursuant  to  Section 401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.  The 
Company  may,  at  its  discretion,  make  matching  contributions  to  the  Plan.  Furthermore,  the  Company  is  responsible  for 
administrative costs of the Plan. The Company accrued $1,137 contribution to the Plan for the year ended December 31, 
2017. The Company accrued $2,625 contribution to the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2016 which the Company 
contributed in 2017. The Company accrued $1,131 contribution to the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2015 which the 
Company contributed in 2016.  

15. Fair Value Measurements  

The guidance on fair value measurements requires fair value measurements to be classified and disclosed in one of the 

following three categories: 

Level  1:  Unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the  measurement  date  for  identical, 

unrestricted assets or liabilities;  

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for 

substantially the full term of the asset or liability; or  

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and 

unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).  

The Company measures its investments in marketable securities at fair value using the market approach which uses 
prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. 
The  Company  has  cash  equivalents  which  consist  of  money  market  funds  valued  using  the  amortized  cost  method,  in 
accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act which approximates fair value. 

The convertible notes are carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their original issuance value including accreted 
interest, net of unamortized debt discount and issuance cost. The Convertible Notes are not marked to fair value at the end of 
each reporting period. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair value of Convertible Notes was determined on the basis 
of market prices observable for similar instruments and is considered Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.  

The following table presents information about assets and liabilities required to be carried at fair value on a recurring 

basis: 

December 31, 2017 
Assets 
Cash equivalents: 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Money market funds ..............................................    $ 
Municipal bonds ....................................................      
Corporate notes/bonds ...........................................      
Commercial paper .................................................      

Investment in marketable securities: 

Municipal bonds ....................................................      
Corporate notes/bonds ...........................................      
Variable rate demand notes ...................................      
Asset-backed securities ..........................................      
Commercial paper .................................................      
  $ 

Liabilities 
Convertible Notes .....................................................    $ 

3,332    $ 
999      
2,608      
76,456      

27,657      
146,401      
3,500      
7,185      
56,994      
325,132    $ 

555,200    $ 

31    $ 
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
31    $ 

—    $ 

3,301  
999  
2,608  
76,456  

27,657  
146,401  
3,500  
7,185  
56,994  
325,101  

555,200  

89 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

December 31, 2016 
Assets 
Cash equivalents: 

Money market funds ..............................................    $ 

17,267    $ 

Investment in marketable securities: 

US treasury securities ............................................      
Municipal bonds ....................................................      
Corporate notes/bonds ...........................................      
Variable rate demand notes ...................................      
Asset-backed securities ..........................................      
Commercial paper .................................................      
  $ 

Liabilities 
Convertible Notes .....................................................    $ 

16. Segment and Geographic Information  

4,000      
45,171      
112,205      
58,930      
5,223      
23,947      
266,743    $ 

616,831    $ 

10,110     $ 

4,000       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
14,110     $ 

7,157  

—  
45,171  
112,205  
58,930  
5,223  
23,947  
252,633  

—     $ 

616,831  

The Company operates in one reportable segment. Revenue by region is classified based on the locations to which the 

product is transported, which may differ from the customer’s principal offices.  

The following table sets forth the Company’s revenue by geographic region:  

China ......................................................................................   $ 
United States ..........................................................................     
Japan .......................................................................................     
Thailand ..................................................................................     
Other .......................................................................................     
  $ 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

114,168    $ 
92,620      
29,061      
45,205      
67,147      
348,201    $ 

103,071    $ 
29,976      
36,308      
35,837      
61,085      
266,277    $ 

61,448  
34,605  
24,410  
25,123  
47,124  
192,710  

As of December 31, 2017, $8,695 of long-lived tangible assets are located outside the United States of which $4,647 are 
located in Taiwan. As of December 31, 2016, $6,567 of long-lived tangible assets are located outside the United States of 
which $5,068 are located in Taiwan.  

17. Commitments and Contingencies  

Leases  

The Company leases its facility under noncancelable lease agreements expiring in various years through 2026. The 
Company also licenses certain software used in its research and development activities under a term license subscription and 
maintenance arrangement.  

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases having initial terms in excess of one year are as 

follows: 

2018 ....................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2019 ....................................................................................................................................................     
2020 ....................................................................................................................................................     
2021 ....................................................................................................................................................     
2022 ....................................................................................................................................................     
2023 and thereafter .............................................................................................................................     
  $ 

   December 31, 2017     
5,815  
5,635  
2,849  
1,988  
1,724  
3,321  
21,332  

90 

 
 
  
    
    
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, lease operating expense was $6,865, $13,870, and $11,869, 

respectively.  

Noncancelable Purchase Obligations  

 The  Company  depends  upon  third  party  subcontractors  to  manufacture  wafers.  The  Company’s  subcontractor 
relationships typically allow for the cancellation of outstanding purchase orders, but require payment of all expenses incurred 
through  the  date  of  cancellation.  As  of  December  31,  2017,  the  total  value  of  open  purchase  orders  for  wafers  was 
approximately $7,299. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has a commitment to pay $2,171 for equipment and software 
license starting in 2018 and mask of $628. 

Legal Proceedings  

Netlist, Inc. v. Inphi Corporation, Case No. 09-cv-6900 (C.D. Cal.)  

On September 22,  2009,  Netlist  filed  suit  in  the  United  States  District  Court,  Central  District  of  California, or  the 
Court, asserting that the Company infringes U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537. Netlist filed an amended complaint on December 22, 
2009, further asserting that the Company infringes U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, collectively with U.S. Patent 
No. 7,532,537, the patents-in-suit, and seeking both unspecified monetary damages to be determined and an injunction to 
prevent further infringement. These infringement claims allege that the iMB™ and certain other memory module components 
infringe  the  patents-in-suit.  The  Company  answered  the  amended  complaint  on  February 11,  2010  and  asserted  that  the 
Company does not infringe the patents-in-suit and that the patents-in-suit are invalid. In 2010, the Company filed inter partes 
requests for reexamination with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”), asserting that the patents-in-
suit are invalid. As a result of the proceedings at the USPTO, the Court has stayed the litigation, with the parties advising the 
Court on status every 120 days.  

As to the proceeding at the USPTO, reexamination has been ordered for all of the patents that were alleged to infringe, 
and at present, the USPTO has determined that none of the originally filed claims are valid, with certain amended claims 
being determined patentable. The Reexamination Certificate for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537 was issued on August 2, 2016 
based upon amended claims, and the parties continue to assert their respective positions with respect to the reexamination 
proceedings for U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274. 

While  the  Company  intends  to  defend  the  foregoing  USPTO  proceedings  and  lawsuit  vigorously,  the  USPTO 
proceedings and litigation, whether or not determined in the Company’s favor or settled, could be costly and time-consuming 
and could divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect the Company’s business.  

Based on the nature of USPTO proceedings and litigation, the Company is currently unable to predict the final outcome 
of this lawsuit and therefore, cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss. However, because 
of the nature and inherent uncertainties of litigation, should the outcome of these actions be unfavorable, the Company’s 
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. 

The Company may be subject to possible claims by certain customers of ClariPhy associated with matters occurring 
prior to the acquisition date.  The Company is currently reviewing whether or not these claims are valid, and  the Company 
is unable reasonably estimate the amount of any potential liability at this time.  Amounts payable as a result of these claims 
may be recoverable from the escrow set up as part of the ClariPhy acquisition. 

In  March  2015,  the  Company  settled  a  patent  dispute  involving  Cortina  and  Vitesse  Semiconductor  Corporation 
(Vitesse).  The  patent  dispute  involved  a  certain  patent  family  owned  by  Vitesse  associated  with  error  correction.  The 
Company paid Vitesse $750 to resolve the dispute. Based on the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014, as 
amended  by  Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  dated  September  25,  2014,  the  Company  was 
indemnified for this settlement arising from this claim, up to an amount of $750.  

Indemnifications  

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Company  may  provide  indemnifications  of  varying  scope  and  terms  to 
customers,  vendors,  lessors,  investors,  directors,  officers,  employees  and  other  parties  with  respect  to  certain  matters, 

91 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the Company’s breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the 
Company,  or  from  intellectual  property  infringement  claims  made  by  third-parties.  These  indemnifications  may  survive 
termination  of  the  underlying  agreement  and  the  maximum  potential  amount  of  future  payments  the  Company  could  be 
required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. The Company has not 
incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnifications. Accordingly, the Company has 
no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.  

Supplementary Financial Information (Unaudited) 

Quarterly Results of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 2017(2) 

Mar. 31, 
2017 

Jun. 30, 
2017 

Sept. 30, 
2017(3) 

Dec. 31, 
2017(4) 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Total revenue ..............................................................   $ 
Gross profit .................................................................     
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ........     
Net income (loss) ....................................................     
Basic earnings per share .........................................     
Diluted earnings per share ......................................     

93,584    $ 
53,513      
(11,273)     
(11,273)     
(0.27)     
(0.27)     

84,423    $ 
47,835      
(14,967)     
(14,967)     
(0.36)     
(0.36)     

84,511    $ 
42,071      
(48,766)     
(48,766)     
(1.15)     
(1.15)     

85,683  
53,084  
102  
102  
—  
—  

Year Ended December 31, 2016(1) (2) 

Mar. 31, 
2016 

Jun. 30, 
2016 

Sept. 30, 
2016 

Dec. 31, 
2016 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Total revenue ...............................................................   $ 
Gross profit ..................................................................     
Net income (loss) from continuing operations .........     
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations .....     
Net income (loss) .....................................................     
Basic earnings per share ..........................................     
Diluted earnings per share .......................................     

54,091    $ 
36,970      
(90)     
310      
220      
0.01      
0.01      

60,524     $ 
41,249       
943       
(412 )     
531       
0.01       
0.01       

70,750    $ 
48,188      
6,596      
72,976      
79,572      
1.95      
1.80      

80,912  
54,289  
19,064  
69  
19,133  
0.46  
0.42  

(1)  In August 2016, the Company completed the sale of its memory product business to Rambus Inc. As a result of the
sale,  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  for  current  and  prior  periods  have  been  retrospectively
reclassified to present the results of operations of the memory product business as discontinued operations. 

(2)  On December 12, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of ClariPhy Communications Inc. for $303,661 in
cash. The revenue and expenses of ClariPhy are included in the consolidated statement of income from December
12, 2016. 

(3)  The Company abandoned a project related to certain developed technology and in-process research and development

from the ClariPhy acquisition which resulted to an impairment charge of $47,014. 

(4)  The benefit for income taxes included revaluation of deferred tax liabilities to the new federal tax rate of 21% and 

tax benefit from intercompany transfer of intellectual property rights. 

92 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such 
term is defined in Rules 13a-15 (e) and 15d – 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act 1934, as amended, or the Exchange 
Act, that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or 
submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the 
Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our 
management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  (principal  executive  officer)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (principal 
financial officer), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the 
disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed 
and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the  objectives  of  the  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures are met. Our disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to provide reasonable, not absolute assurance. 
Additionally,  in  designing  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  our  management  necessarily  was  required  to  apply  its 
judgment  in  evaluating  the  cost-benefit  relationship  of  possible  disclosure  controls  and  procedures.  The  design  of  any 
disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and 
there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. 

Based  on  their  evaluation  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  our  Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures 
were effective at the reasonable assurance level. 

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our management is responsible 
for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent 
or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  policies  or 
procedures  may  deteriorate.  Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this 
assessment,  our  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission, or COSO, in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the assessment using those criteria, 
our management concluded that as of December 31, 2017, our internal control over financial reporting was effective. The 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2017  has  been  audited  by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included 
in Part II “Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There has been no change in our “internal control over 
financial reporting” as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, during our most recent 
fiscal quarter that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

93 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election 
of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” contained in our 
proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for 
our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 24, 2018 pursuant to Regulation 14A and no later than 120 days 
after December 31, 2017 (the Proxy Statement). 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election 
of  Director,”  “Compensation  of  Directors,”  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis,”  “Corporate  Governance,” 
“Compensation Committee Report” and “Executive Compensation” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management 
is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
Management” and “Executive Compensation” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management 
is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and 
“Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Audit 
Committee Report” and “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accountants” contained in the 
Proxy Statement. 

94 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

1.  Financial Statements. See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” under Part II, “Item 8, Financial

Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

(a) 

Documents filed as part of this report: 

(1) Financial Statements 

Reference is made to the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements of Inphi Corporation under
Part II, “Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

(2) Financial Statement Schedules 

All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required
or because the information is included elsewhere in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the
Notes thereto. 

(3) Exhibits 

See Item 15(b) below. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required 
to be filed has been identified. 

(b)  

Exhibits 

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this
report. 

Exhibit 
Number   

Description 

2.1* 

2.2* 

2.3* 

3(i) 

3(ii) 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014 by and among the Company, Cortina, Catalina Acquisition 
Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and the Stockholder’s 
Agent (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
SEC on August 1, 2014). 
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014 by and among the Company, Cortina, Catalina Acquisition 
Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and the Stockholder’s 
Agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated September 25, 2014 (incorporated by reference to 
exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 6, 2014). 
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 1, 2016 by and among the Registrant, Clarice Acquisition 
Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  and  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Registrant,  ClariPhy 
Communications,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and  Fortis  Advisors  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability 
company,  solely  in  its  capacity  as  Securityholders’  Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  2.1  of  the 
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016). 
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Registrant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  3(i)  of  the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 20, 2015). 
Specimen  Common  Stock  Certificate  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  4.1  filed  with  Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 
Amended  and  Restated  Investors'  Rights  Agreement  dated  August  12,  2010  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 
Indenture dated December 8, 2015 between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as 
trustee (including form of Note) (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 

95 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
4.4 

10.1+ 

10.2+ 

10.3+ 

10.4+ 

10.5+ 

10.6+ 

10.7+ 

10.8+ 

10.9+ 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13+ 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18* 

10.19 

Indenture dated September 12, 2016 between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as 
trustee (including form of Note) (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 
Inphi Corporation 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (as amended on June 2, 2010) and related form 
stock option plan agreements (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 filed with Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 
Inphi  Corporation  2010  Stock  Incentive  Plan  and  related  form  agreements  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors (incorporated by 
reference to exhibit 10.3 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 
Offer letter dated December 10, 2007 between John Edmunds and the Registrant, as amended (incorporated 
by  reference  to  exhibit  10.6  to  filed  with  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (File  No.  333-167564),  as 
amended). 
Change  of  Control  and  Severance  Agreement  dated  June 8,  2010  by  and  between  John  Edmunds  and  the 
Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 
333-167564), as amended). 
Offer  letter  dated  October  3,  2007  between  Ron  Torten  and  the  Registrant,  as  amended  (incorporated  by 
reference to exhibit 10.8 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 
Offer  letter  dated  February  1,  2012  between  Ford  Tamer  and  the  Registrant  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 3, 2012). 
Severance and Change of Control Agreement dated February 1, 2012 by and between Ford Tamer and the 
Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on February 3, 2012). 
Severance and Change of Control Agreement dated September 4, 2012 by and between Charlie Roach and the 
Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the three months ended September 30, 2012). 
Lease Agreement dated June 4, 2010 by and between the Registrant and LBA Realty Fund III—Company 
VII, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 
333-167564), as amended). 
Lease  Agreement  dated  September  20,  2012  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  Bayland  Corporation 
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three 
months ended September 30, 2012). 
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 30, 2012 by and between the Registrant and LBA 
Realty Fund III—Company VII, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2012). 
Amended  and  Restated  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.1  of  the 
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2015). 
Base Capped Call Confirmation dated December 2, 2015 by and between Registrant and Morgan Stanley & 
Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with 
the SEC on December 8, 2015).  
Base Capped Call Confirmation dated December 2, 2015 by and between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 
Additional Capped Call Confirmation dated December 4, 2015 by and between Registrant and Morgan Stanley 
& Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 
Additional  Capped  Call  Confirmation  dated  December  4,  2015  between  Registrant  and  JPMorgan  Chase 
Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 
Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 29, 2016 by and among Rambus Inc., Bell ID Singapore Ptd Ltd, the 
Registrant  and  Inphi  International  Pte.  Ltd.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.1  of  the  Registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2016). 
Base Capped Call Confirmation dated September 6, 2016 between the Registrant and Morgan Stanley & Co. 
LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
SEC on September 12, 2016). 

96 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23+ 

10.24+ 

10.25+ 

10.26+ 

10.27+ 

10.28+ 

10.29+ 

10.30+ 

10.31+ 

10.32+ 

10.33 

10.34 

10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

21.1 
23.1 
24.1 

Base Capped Call Confirmation dated September 6, 2016 between the Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, 
National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 
Additional Capped Call Confirmation dated September 7, 2016 between the Registrant and Morgan Stanley 
& Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 
Additional Capped Call Confirmation dated September 7, 2016 between the Registrant and JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 
Form of Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. and Non-U.S. Employees and Consultants) under the Inphi Corporation 
2010 Stock Incentive Plan. 
Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement  (U.S.  and  Non-U.S.  Employees  and  Consultants)  under  the  Inphi 
Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2016). 
Amendment  to  Severance  and  Change  of  Control  Agreement  between  Charlie  Roach  and  the  Registrant, 
effective  as of  November  2, 2016  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.3 of  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2016). 
Amendment to Change of Control Severance Agreement between Richard Ogawa and the Registrant, effective 
as of November 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2016). 
Change of Control Severance Agreement dated April 22, 2013 between Richard Ogawa and the Registrant 
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three 
months ended September 30, 2016). 
Amendment to Change of Control Severance Agreement between Ron Torten and the Registrant, effective as 
of November 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2016). 
Change  of  Control  Severance  Agreement  dated  January  22,  2014  between  Ron  Torten  and  the  Registrant 
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three 
months ended September 30, 2016). 
Amendment to Change of Control Severance Agreement between John Edmunds and the Registrant, effective 
as of October 19, 2016. 
Form of Notice of Stock Unit Award and Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of 
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on January 11, 2017). 
Amended and Restated Inphi Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan dated July 19, 2017 (incorporated by 
reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 
30, 2017). 
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated July 31, 2013 by and between the Registrant and LBA Realty 
Fund III—Company VII, LLC. 
Fourth  Amendment  to  Lease  Agreement  dated  August  10,  2016  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  LBA 
Realty Fund III—Company VII, LLC. 
Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement dated March 7, 2017 by and between the Registrant and LBA Realty 
Fund III—Company VII, LLC. 
First  Amendment  to  Lease  Agreement  dated  May  28,  2014  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  Bayland 
Corporation. 
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated January 13, 2017 by and between the Registrant and Bayland 
Corporation. 
List of Subsidiaries. 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. 
Power of Attorney (see the signature page of this report). 

97 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
31.1 

31.2 

32.1(1) 

32.2(1) 

101.INS    
101.SCH   
101.CAL   
101.DEF   
101.LAB   
101.PRE    

Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350). 
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350). 
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350). 
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350). 
XBRL Instance Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 

+ 
* 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. 
The registrant hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such 
agreement to the SEC upon request. 

(1)       The  material  contained  in  Exhibit  32.1  and  Exhibit  32.2  is  not  deemed  “filed”  with  the  SEC  and  is  not  to  be 
incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such 
filing, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference. 

(c) 

Financial Statements and Schedules 

Reference is made to Item 15(a)(2) above. 

ITEM 16.     FORM 10-K SUMMARY. 

Not applicable. 

98 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

INPHI CORPORATION 

By:  /s/ Ford Tamer 
Ford Tamer 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date: February 28, 2018 

POWER OF ATTORNEY  

KNOW  ALL  PERSONS  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  constitutes  and 
appoints Ford Tamer and John Edmunds, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power 
of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the 
same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be 
done by virtue hereof.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name 

/s/ Ford Tamer 
Ford Tamer 

Title 

Date 

  Chief Executive Officer 
  (Principal Executive Officer), President and Director 

   February 28, 2018 

/s/ John Edmunds 
John Edmunds 

  Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer     February 28, 2018 
  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

/s/ Diosdado P. Banatao 
Diosdado P. Banatao 

/s/ Nicholas Brathwaite 
Nicholas Brathwaite 

/s/ Chenming C. Hu 
Chenming C. Hu 

/s/ David Liddle 
David Liddle 

/s/ Bruce McWilliams 
Bruce McWilliams 

/s/ Elissa Murphy 
Elissa Murphy 

/s/ William J. Ruehle 
William J. Ruehle 

/s/ Sam S. Srinivasan 
Sam S. Srinivasan 

  Chairman of the Board 

   February 28, 2018 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

   February 28, 2018 

   February 28, 2018 

   February 28, 2018 

   February 28, 2018 

   February 28, 2018 

   February 28, 2018 

  Lead Director 

   February 28, 2018 

99 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
 
This page intentionally left blank

Inphi Recognized for Excellence:

9 New Awards for Quality & Technology in 2017-2018

Cisco

Excellence in  

Emerging Technology

2017

2015

Huawei

Best Quality  

Company

2015

2017

Fujitsu

Technical 

Advancement

2017

FiberHome

Core Partner

Innolight

Innovation

2017

2018

2015

Inphi Leads in Data Movement Interconnects

Non-GAAP Annual Revenue ($M)*

$348

$266

%   ( 2 0 1 3 - 2 0 1 7 )

R  6 9

G

A

C

$193

Lightwave

Innovation for  

COLORZ & PAM4

2016-2018

Sumitomo

Best Partner

NeoPhotonics

Supplier 

of the Year

Sumitomo 

Electronics 

Device 

Innovation 

2015

2015

2015

2016

ECN

COLORZ 

& PAM4

2016-2017

$100

$43

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

*Pro-forma, Non-GAAP results adjusted for discontinued operations of the sale of the Memory Business

Investor Information

Stock Exchange Listing:  NYSE

Forward-Looking Statements

Ticker Symbol:  IPHI

Investor Relations 

(408) 217-7308 

investors@inphi.com

Phone: 800-937-5449 

www.amstock.com

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 

This  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  These  forward-looking 
statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our strategy, the anticipated benefits and features of our products, use 
of our products, market acceptance and market share of our products, industry and market trends and investments in technology. These 
statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements 
to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, and reported results should not be considered as 
an indication of future performance. More information regarding such risks and uncertainties is contained in our Form 10-K attached hereto, 
and in other reports filed by us with the SEC from time-to-time. You are cautioned not to unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, 
which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Inphi Corporation undertakes no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking 
statement to reflect circumstances or event after the date of this Annual Report or to report the occurrence of unanticipated events.

2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Suite 300
Santa Clara, CA  95054
Phone (408) 217-7300
Fax (408) 217-7350
Sales@inphi.com

Copyright ©2018 Inphi Corporation. 
All rights reserved. Inphi is a registered 
trademark of Inphi Corporation

The global leader in high-speed

data movement interconnect

2017 Annual Report 

World-leading innovations